COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
3 -
download
0
Transcript of COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 1
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Com
pu
ter Scien
ce a
nd
Info
rmatio
n D
epartm
ent
COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AZ-ZULFI
COURSES SPECIFICATION HANDBOOK 2014-2015
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 2
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
The National Commission for Academic Accreditation & Assessment
Courses Specification Handbook
Computer Science and Information Department
Az-Zulfi College of Science
Majmaah University
2014/2015 14356H ـــ 1435
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 3
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Table of Contents
Computer Science and Information (CSI) Program ................................................................... 6
Track I-Computer Graphics and Multimedia ............................................................................. 6
Track II-Computer Networks ........................................................................................................ 6
Track III-Individual Track ............................................................................................................ 6
CSI Program Educational Objectives ........................................................................................... 8
CSI Program Learning Outcomes ................................................................................................. 8
Curriculum for the Computer Science& Information Program (CSI)...................................... 9
1.Foundation Year Core Requirements (College core Requirements) (29 Credits): ................ 9
2.University Requirements (12 Credits): ...................................................................................... 9
3.Mathematics and Sciences Requirements (31 Credits): ......................................................... 10
4.Department Requirements (93 Credits): ................................................................................. 10
Courses Description ...................................................................................................................... 13
Courses Description Level 3 ......................................................................................................... 13
Courses Description Level 4 ......................................................................................................... 63
Courses Description Level 5 ....................................................................................................... 110
Courses Description Level 6 ....................................................................................................... 148
Courses Description Level 7 ....................................................................................................... 201
Courses Description Level 8 ....................................................................................................... 225
Courses Description Level 9 ....................................................................................................... 262
Courses Description Level 10 ..................................................................................................... 300
Elective Courses Descriptions .................................................................................................... 326
Track I: Computer Graphics & Multimedia............................................................................ 326
Track II: Computer Networks .................................................................................................. 347
Track III: Individual Track ...................................................................................................... 391
Contact Information ................................................................................................................... 468
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 4
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Computer Science and Information (CSI) Program The department staff proposed a new revised curriculum which offers a B.Sc. in computer science
and information (CSI) in three tracks. This new curriculum leads to a program which fosters
diversification through offering a wider selection of courses that is in tune with the market
requirements and provides the necessary specialization by offering a set of new concentrations
(tracks).We believe this will render our graduates more marketable. The proposed program satisfies
and fulfils the IEEE/ACM Computing Curricula guidelines for computer science curriculum and
meets the Computing Accreditation Criteria (CAC). Moreover, it takes into account the community
needs and the labor market in KSA.
Students of the CSI program have 12 hours of department elective courses. The following set of
concentration tracks within the Bachelor of Science major in Computer Science and Information is
offered which allows three tracks for students to choose from:
Track I-Computer Graphics and Multimedia: In this track the students will be allowed to
choose four courses from the following five courses which may lead them to work in the field of
Computer Graphics & Multimedia:
1. Computer Vision
2. Interactive Computer Graphics
3. Digital Photography
4. Digital Image Processing
5. Multimedia Technology
Track II-Computer Networks: In this track the students will be allowed to choose four courses
from the following five courses which may lead them to work in the field of computer networks:
1. Advanced Computer Networks
2. Network Security
3. Wireless & Mobile Computing
4. Network Programming
5. Cloud Computing
Track III-Individual Track: It is a general elective courses track that allow students to choose
any four courses either from of the last two tracks or from the following courses:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 5
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
The concentrations are structured in a manner that meets the following general objectives. In the first
six semesters, all B.Sc.-CSI students will experience a streamlined introduction to Computer Science
&Information with an emphasis on conceptual, theoretical, and programming aspects. The intent of
this common foundations to provide a solid basis for all CSI majors and the ultimate pursuit of the
specialty majors. The mathematical and science requirements are kept consistent with what is
expected for computer science and information majors.
Students have the opportunity to start focusing on a specific concentration of their choice after their
6th semester. During the third and fourth years, the program is structured to emphasize the choice
and exploration of a concentration in depth.
1. Computer Vision
2. Interactive Computer Graphics
3. Digital Photography
4. Digital Image Processing
5. Multimedia Technology
6. Advanced Computer Networks
7. Network Security
8. Wireless & Mobile Computing
9. Network Programming
10. Cloud Computing
11. Machine Learning
12. Introduction to Robotics
13. Expert Systems
14. Computational Methods
15. Operational Research
16. Information System Management
17. Information Security
18. Project Management
19. Geographic Information System (GIS)
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 6
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
CSI Program Educational Objectives
The Educational Objectives of the Computer Science & Information undergraduate Program are:
1. Prepare graduates, who are entering immediately into professions upon graduation, to be
capable of performing duties on an entry-level computing-related position.
2. Enable graduates to pursue graduate studies to successfully complete an advanced degree.
3. Enhance graduates to work as individuals with minimum guidance and as leaders or
members of a team.
4. Encourage graduates to follow appropriate practices within a professional, legal, and ethical
framework.
5. Prepare graduates to recognize the need for and be capable of pursuing life-long learning.
CSI Program Learning Outcomes
The CSI program enables students to acquire, by the time of graduation, the following learning
outcomes which allows graduates to be able to:
1. apply knowledge of computing and mathematics appropriate to the discipline including
simulation and modelling.
2. analyse a problem to identify and define the computing requirements appropriate to its
solution.
3. design, implement, develop and evaluate complicated computer-based system, process,
component, or program to meet desired needs.
4. function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.
5. understand professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues and responsibilities.
6. communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
7. analyse the local and global impact of computing on individuals, organizations, and society.
8. Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional development.
9. use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for computing practice.
10. use and apply current technical concepts and practices in the core information technologies
of human computer interaction, information management, programming, networking, web
systems and technologies.
11. identify and analyse user needs and take them into account in the selection, creation,
evaluation and administration of computer-based systems.
12. effectively integrate IT-based solutions into the user environment.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 7
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
13. understand of best practices and standards and their application.
Curriculum for the Computer Science& Information Program
The Bachelor Degree of Science in Computer Science and Information is awarded at the College of
Science in Zulfi, Majmaah University after the successful completion of 161 credit hours and after
fulfilling the terms and conditions for awarding the bachelor degree at the faculty of Science. These
161 credits are distributed as follows:-
1. Foundation Year Core Requirements (College core Requirements) (29 Credits):
Course
Number Course Title
Credit
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lecture Lab EX
PENG 111 Preparatory English (1) 8 20 0 0 -
PMTH 112 Introduction to Mathematics (1) 2 2 0 1 -
PCOM 113 Computer Skills 2 1 2 0 -
PSSC 114 Learning and Communication Skills 2 1 2 0 -
PENG 121 Preparatory English (2) 6 14 0 0 PENG 111
PENG 123 English for Science and Engineering 2 2 0 0 PENG 111
PMTH 127 Introduction to Mathematics (2) 4 4 0 1 PMTH 112
PPHS 128 General Physics 3 2 2 0 -
Total 29 48 2 0
2. University Requirements (12 Credits): Course
Number Course Title
Credit
Hours
Weekly Hours Elections Total
Credits Lecture Lab
ZPSY 211 Educational & Thinking Skills 2 2 0 Mandatory 2
SALM 101 Introduction to Islamic Culture 2 2 0 Students
choose 3
courses
6
SALM 102 Islam and Society Building 2 2 0
SALM 103 Economic System in Islam 2 2 0
SALM 104 Fundamentals of Political System in
Islam 2 2 0
ARAB 101 Arabic Language Skills 2 2 0 Students
choose 1 course 2
ARAB 103 Arabic Writing 2 2 0
ELEC 101 Principles of Health and Fitness 2 2 0 Students 2
Requirements Mandatory Elective Total
University Requirements 2 10 12
College Core Requirements 29 0 29
Mathematics and Sciences Requirements 23+9 (from college core Req.) 0 23
Department Core Requirements 81 12 93
Summer Training Requirements 1 0 1
Free Elective Course 0 3 3
Total 136 25 161
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 8
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
ELEC102 Business Entrepreneurship 2 2 0 choose 1 course
SOCI 101 Societal Issues 2 2 0
LHR 101 Human Rights Systems 2 2 0
FCH 101 Family and Childhood 2 2 0
VOW 101 Volunteering Systems 2 2 0
Total 12
3. Mathematics and Sciences Requirements (31 Credits): Course
Number Course Title
Credit
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lec. Lab. EX.
PMTH 112 Introduction to Mathematics (1) 2 2 0 1
PMTH 127 Introduction to Mathematics (2) 4 4 0 1 PMATH 112
PPHS 128 General Physics 3 2 2 0
PHYS 217 Physics 2 3 2 2 0 PPHS 128
CHEM 225 General Chemistry 2 2 0 0 -
MATH 212 Calculus I 3 3 0 1 PMTH 127
MATH 220 Calculus II 3 3 0 1 MATH 212
MATH 310 Linear Algebra & Differential Equations 4 3 0 2 MATH 220
Stat 320 Probability & Statistics 3 3 0 1 MATH 220
CSI 212 Discrete Math for Computer Science 1 3 2 0 2 PMTH 127
CSI 222 Discrete Math for Computer Science 2 2 2 0 0 CSI 212
Total 32 28 4 8
Department Requirements (93 Credits):
4-a) Mandatory Department Courses (81 CHs):
Course
Number Course Title
Credits
Hours
Weekly Hours
Prerequisite Le
c
La
b
Ex
ENG 210 Technical English 2 2 0 0 PENG 121
CSI 211 Programming 1 3 2 2 0 PCOM 113
CSI 221 Programming 2 3 2 2 0 CSI 211 CSI 223 Digital Logic Design 3 2 2 0 PHYS 217 CSI 224 Fundamentals of Information Systems 3 3 0 0 --- CSI 311 Visual Programming 3 2 2 0 CSI 221 CSI 312 Data Structure 3 2 2 0 CSI 221, CSI 212 CSI 313 Computer Organization and Assembly Language 3 2 2 0 CSI 223 CSI 314 Database 3 2 2 0 CSI 211 CSI 321 Design & Analysis of Algorithms 3 2 0 2 CSI 312 CSI 322 Computer Networks 3 2 2 0 CSI 224 CSI 323 Computer Architecture 3 3 1 0 CSI 313 CSI 324 Advanced Database 3 1 4 0 CSI 314 CSI 325 Software Engineering 1 3 2 2 0 CSI 221 CSI 411 Artificial Intelligence 3 2 2 0 CSI 321 CSI 412 Operating Systems 3 2 2 0 CSI 313 CSI 413 Compiler Design 3 2 2 0 CSI 222 CSI 421 Distributed Systems & Parallel Processing 3 2 2 0 CSI 321 CSI 422 Software Engineering 2 3 2 2 0 CSI 325 CSI423 Cryptography 3 3 1 0 CSI 321 CSI 425 Computer Graphics 3 2 2 0 Math 310 CSI 510 Graduation Project 1 2 2 0 0 120 Cr. Hrs CSI 511 Web Programming & Internet Technology 3 2 2 0 CSI 322
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 9
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
CSI 512 Data Mining 3 2 2 0 CSI 314 CSI 513 Concepts of Programming Languages. 3 2 2 0 CSI 222
CSI 520 Graduation Project 2 3 3 0 0 CSI 510 CSI 522 Human Computer Interaction 3 2 2 0 CSI 511 CSI 525 Professional Ethics 2 2 0 0 CSI 422
Total 81 59 44 2
4-b) Department Elective Courses (12 Credit Hrs):
- Student must select 4 courses from either of the next three tracks:-
Track I: Computer Graphics and Multimedia
Course
Number Course Title
Credits
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lecture Lab
CSI 414 Digital Image Processing 3 2 2 MATH 310
CSI 424 Computer Vision 3 2 2 CSI 414
CSI 514 Interactive Computer Graphics 3 2 2 CSI 425
CSI 521 Multimedia Technology 3 2 2 CSI 425
CSI 530 Digital Photography 3 2 2 MATH 220
Track II: Computer Networks
Course
Number Course Title
Credits
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lecture Lab
CSI 431 Advanced Computer Networks 3 2 2 CSI 322 CSI 432 Network Security 3 2 2 CSI 431 CSI 531 Wireless & Mobile Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322 CSI 532 Network Programming 3 2 2 CSI 431
CSI 533 Cloud Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322 , CSI 321
Track III: Individual Track: Student should select his courses from the above two tracks or from
the following table
Course
Number Course Title
Credits
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lecture Lab
CSI 441 Machine Learning 3 2 2 CSI 411 CSI 442 Introduction to Robotics 3 2 2 CSI 411 CSI 443 Expert Systems 3 2 2 CSI 411 CSI 444 Computational Methods 3 2 2 Math 310 CSI 445 Operational Research 3 2 2 STAT 320, MATH 310
CSI 446 Information System Management 3 2 2 CSI 314
CSI 447 Information Security 3 2 2 CSI 423
CSI 448 Project Management 3 2 2 CSI 422
CSI 449 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 3 2 2 CSI 324
Preparatory Year
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 10
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
PENG
111 6 0 0 14 Preparatory English (2) PENG 121 -- 8 0 0 20 Preparatory English (1) PENG 111
PENG
111 2 0 0 2
English for Science and
Engineering PENG 123 -- 2 1 0 2
Introduction to
Mathematics (1) PMTH 112
PMTH
112 4 1 0 4
Introduction to Mathematics
(2) PMTH 127 -- 2 0 2 1 Computer Skills PCOM 113
-- 3 0 2 2 General Physics PPHS 128 -- 2 0 2 1 Learning &
Communication Skills PSSC 114
29 15 Total -- 14 Total
First Year Prereqe Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI 211 3 0 2 2 Programming 2 CSI 221 PCOM 113 3 0 2 2 Programming 1 CSI 211
CSI 212 2 0 0 2 Disc. Math For CS 2 CSI 222 PMTH 127 3 2 0 2 Disc. Math for CS 1 CSI 212
MATH
212 3 1 0 3
Calculus 2 MATH 220
PMTH 127 3 1 0 3
Calculus 1 MATH 212
PHYS
217 3 0 2 2
Dig. Logic Design CSI 223 PPHS 128 3 0 2 2
Physics 2 PHYS 217
-- 3 0 0 3 Fund. of Inf. Systems CSI 224 PENG 121 2 0 0 2 Tech. English ENG 210
-- 2 0 0 2 General Chemistry CHEM 225 --
2 0 0 2 Educational & Thinking
Skills ZPSY 211
32 16 Total 16 Total
Second Year Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI
312 3 2 0 2
Design & Analysis of
Algorithms CSI 321 CSI 221 3 0 2 2 Visual Programming CSI 311
CSI
313 3 0 2 2 Computer Networks CSI 322
CSI 221,
CSI 212 3 0 2 2 Data Structure CSI 312
CSI
313 3 0 1 3 Computer Architecture CSI 323 CSI 223 3 0 2 2
Computer Organization
and Assembly Language CSI 313
CSI
314 3 0 4 1 Advanced Database CSI 324 CSI 211 3 0 2 2
Database CSI 314
CSI
221 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 1 CSI 325 Math 220 4 2 0 3
Linear Alg. & Diff. Eq. MATH 310
MATH
212 3 1 0 3 Probability & Statistics STAT 320
-- 2 0 0 2
Elective Islamic Course
1 ISL ***
36 18 Total 18 Total
Third Year Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI
321 3 0 2 2
Distributed Systems &
Parallel Processing CSI 421 CSI 321 3 0 2 2 Artificial Intelligence CSI 411
CSI
325 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 2 CSI 422 CSI 313 3 0 2 2 Operating Systems CSI 412
CSI
321 3 0 1 3
Cryptography and
Information Security CSI 423
CSI 222, CSI
221 3 0 2 2 Compiler Design CSI 413
Math
310 3 0 2 2 Computer Graphics CSI 425 ***
3 * * * Elective Course 1 ***
*** 3 * * * Elective Course 2 *** -- 2 0 0 2 Elective Arabic Course ARAB ***
-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 3 ISL *** -- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 2 ISL***
72 Cr. Hrs 1 0 0 1 Summer Training CSI 400
34 17 Total 17 Total
Fourth Year Prereq. Cr Ex Lb Le Course Course Code Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course name Course Code
CSI
510 3 0 0 3
Graduation Project 2 CSI 520 120 Cr. Hrs 2 0 0 2
Graduation Project 1 CSI 510
CSI
511 3 0 2 2
Human Computer Interaction CSI 522 CSI 322 3 0 2 2
Web Programming
& Internet Technology CSI 511
CSI
422 2 0 0 2
Professional Ethics CSI 525 CSI 314 3 0 2 2
Data Mining CSI 512
*** 3 * * * Elective Course 4 *** CSI 222 3 0 2 2 Concepts of Prg. Lang. CSI 513
*** 3 * * * Free Elective Course *** *** 3 * * * Elective Course 3 ***
*** 2 0 0 2 Elective Prereq. Univ. ***
30 14 Total 16 Total
Curriculum Plan
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 11
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 3
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
PCOM 113 3 0 2 2 Programming 1 CSI 211
PMTH 127 3 2 0 2 Disc. Math for CS 1 CSI 212
PMTH 127 3 1 0 3 Calculus 1 Math 212
PPHS 128 3 0 2 2 Physics 2 PHYS 217
PENG 121 2 0 0 2 Tech. English ENG 210
-- 2 0 0 2 Educational & Thinking
Skills
ZPSY 211
16
Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 12
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Programming 1
CSI 211
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 13
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1. 1 - Course title : Programming 1 Course Code: CSI 211
2. Credit hours : 3 (2 Lecture + 2 Lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: CSI
4 – Course Language : English
2. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Noureldin Laban
3. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Computer Skills (PCOM 113)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : N/A
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other What percentage? …….%
Comments :
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? This course introduces the student to object-oriented programming through a study of the concepts
of program specification and design, algorithm development, and coding and testing using a modern
software development environment. Students learn how to write programs in an object-oriented high
level programming language. This course introduces the students to basic programming concepts
and constructs. Topics include: control structures, functions, recursion, arrays, pointers and strings of
the C++ programming language. The course introduces students to structured, top-down
programming design and implementation. This course should serve as a foundation for programming
to the students in the program.
The purpose of this course is to:
1. Provide students with the ability to develop C++ using pseudo code and flow chart
and structured programming design (design, write, debug, comment and modify a
C++ program).
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 14
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Acquaint students the ability to understand the concept of data types, variables and
assignments.
3. Introduce students to the object oriented environment.
4. Enable students to be efficient in their work.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1. Using group discussion
2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
3. Motivate students to solve practical problems using C++ programming language.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours 1. Introduction to computers and C++: Introduction, Computers and the
Internet in Industry and Research, Hardware and Software, Moore’s Law, Computer Organization, Data Hierarchy, Machine Languages and Typical C++ Development Environment.
2 8
2. Introduction to C++ Programming: First Program in C++ , Input / Output and Operators, Memory Concepts ,Arithmetic, Decision Making: Equality and Relational Operators
2 8
3. Introduction to Classes, Objects and Strings: Defining a Class with a Member Function, Defining a Member Function with a Parameter, Data Members, set Member Functions and get Member Functions, Initializing Objects with Constructors.
2 8
4. Control Statements (Part 1): If Selection Statement, if…else Double-Selection Statement, while Repetition Statement, Counter-Controlled Repetition, Assignment Operators, Increment and Decrement Operators .
3 12
5. Control Statements (Part 2): For Repetition Statement, do…while Repetition Statement, switch Multiple-Selection Statement, break and continue Statements, Logical Operators.
2 8
6. Functions and an Introduction to Recursion: Function Definitions with Multiple Parameters, Function Prototypes and Argument Coercion, Scope Rules, Function Call Stack, Inline Functions, References and Reference Parameters, Default Arguments, Function Overloading, Function Templates, Recursion.
2 8
7. Array and vector: Arrays, Declaring arrays, Examples Using arrays, declaring an array and using a Loop to initialize the array’s Elements, Initializing an array in a Declaration with an Initializer List.
1 4
8. Pointers: Pointer Variable Declarations and Initialization, Pointer Operators, Pass-by-Reference with Pointers.
1 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 15
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 30 - - - 60
Credit 30 15 - - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hours
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Construct error free C++ programs. Lectures.
Lab
demonstrations.
Case studies.
Individual
presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Divide a problem into its logical components.
1.3 Design and code small to medium sized problems
from the start using C/C++ constructs, such as
input/output statements, if-then-else statements,
while and for loops, functions.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply knowledge of computing and mathematics
appropriate to the discipline.
Lectures.
Lab
demonstrations.
Case studies.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments 2.2 Design, implement and evaluate a computer-based
system, process, component, or program to meet
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 16
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
desired needs. Individual
presentations.
Brainstorming.
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Analyze a problem, and identify and define the
computing requirements appropriate to its
solution.
Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Understand professional, ethical, legal, security,
and social issues and responsibilities.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Work cooperatively in a small group environment.
Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Save time and space in each task.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 17
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After Every
chapter
10%
5
Implementation of presented programs Every two
weeks
10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun: 8-12, Mon. 8-10, Wed. 8-10
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Deitel and Deitel, " C++: How To Program ", 2010, Prentice Hall, ISBN 978-007351725.
2. List Essential References Materials : S. Malik, " C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design ", Course
Technology, ISBN 061916042X.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Journal of Science of Computer Programming.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-
096-introduction-to-c-january-iap-2011/
http://www.cplusplus.com/reference/
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentation are available with me
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 18
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources
N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized
by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 19
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Noureldin Laban Name : Dr. Yossry Azzam..
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 17/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 20
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Discrete Mathematics for
Computer Science 1
CSI 212
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 21
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information 1 - Course title : Discrete Math for Computer
Science 1
Course Code: CSI 212
2. Credit hours : (Lecture: 2 hours, Exercises: 2 hours) 3 credit hours
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information
Program (B. Sc.)
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Eng. Moustafa Reda
AbdALLAH Eltantawi
6- Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : None
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science in Az-Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80%
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10%
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10%
Comments :
1. Four-fifth of the course is introduced mainly inside well equipped traditional classrooms. So the
student will be taught, in a tidy robust way, the main core of the course.
2. One-tenth of the course is conducted with a video conference. This mode will allow the student to
skip the fear-threshold of scientific interaction.
3. One-tenth of the course is presented orally in free discussion, within workgroups, at the traditional
classrooms or/and library. This will upgrade the students skills in presentations of his ideas and
scientific thoughts, and encourage him for continuous looking of new up-to-date information.
4. The 2nd
and 3rd
modes of instructions makes the students feel "involved" in the discussions, rather
than simply being outside spectators.
B. Objectives
B.1 What is the main purpose for this course?
The current course introduces the basic concepts of logic and its tools. The student will study
Propositional Logic. He will recognize and be familiar with the logic connectives, their truth tables,
and use them to form complicated statements including conditions and equivalence. This will be a
robust start to understand the IF-statement in programming languages. He will be able to transform
the complicated statements to symbols and vice versa and modeling logic expressions as electronic
circuits depending on the series and parallel properties of the AND and OR connectives/gates
respectively. Also, he will learn effectively to perform the negation processes especially in presence
of quantifiers. In Set Theory the student will study the set operations analytically and using Venn
Diagrams. In the Theory of Proofs he will be able to apply direct and indirect proofs, e.g.
mathematical induction and contradiction. Moreover, the student will learn the basic concepts of
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 22
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Functions, Sequences, and Relations; The remaining of the course, which is the most important part
is concerned with Graph and Trees Theories. The student will be capable of achieving Graph Models,
Manipulating Graph Terminology, representing graphs in Lists and Matrices, understanding Euler
and Hamilton Paths and efficiently applying them in important applications as Shortest-Path-
Problems and Graph Coloring. Handling Trees topics, the student will be able to construct Spanning
Trees, find The Minimum Spanning Tree/Network from a given weighted Graph. Finally, the student,
in a complete easy and Clarified efficient algorithm, will be able to construct the Huffman Code.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented :
4. Updating the study material of the course in order to incorporate the new research in the field.
5. Use online resources and animations to help students to enhance knowledge about the topics
that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
C.1 Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1) Propositional Logic: Atomic propositions. Truth values. Logical Connectives and their truth tables: Negation, Conjunction, Disjunction, De Morgan's Laws, Implication, Equivalence. Logical Circuits. Logical Quantifiers and their negation. Priority and Precedence. Tautologies, Contradictions, and contingencies.
4 16
2) Set Theory: Basic Set Concepts. Venn Diagrams and Set Operations. Cardinal Numbers and Surveys. Infinite Sets and Their Cardinalities.
1 4
3) Proofs: Direct Proofs, and Counterexamples. Mathematical Induction. 2 8 4) Functions, Sequences, and Relations: Domain, Codomain, Range. Hash Functions. Sequences and Strings. Binary relations. Domain and Range. Equivalence Relations.
2 8
5) Graph Theory and Introduction to Trees: Basic Concepts and Definitions. Representations of Graph using the Lists and the Matrices. Euler's Path and Circuit. Hamilton's Path and Circuit. Weighted Graph and Travelling Sale's Man Problem. Applications: Coloring Theorem. Trees: Definitions. Spanning Trees. Application: Huffman's Code
6 24
C.2 Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 30 .......... ........ .......... 60
Credit 30 15 .......... ........ .......... 45
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 23
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C.3 Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week. 5 Hours
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes: reading carefully the topics in
the textbook or reference book, browsing the websites that are concerned with the course, solving the
exercises that are assigned in each chapter, discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office
hours, watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics worldwide.
*The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours
C.4 Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment
with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Describe the problem in a formal manner. Developing
basic
communicative
ability through:
- Lecturing,
- Team work,
- Oral Discussion.
-Quizzes,
-Web search,
-Graded
homework,
-Class
Participation,
-Midterms and
Final Exams,
1.2 Recognize different methods to attack a problem.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Analyze, and reconstruct problem and explain how to
solving it. Lectures
Exercises
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
Presentations
Brainstorming
Class
Participation
Essay Question
Presentation
Research
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Demonstrate the feasibility of an applied solution/plan Small group
discussions
Whole group
discussions
Brainstorming
Presentations.
Written Exam
Web search and
writing reports.
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Use the available commercial software systems/packages in
application to the suggested solution/plan.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Team working skills: cooperative working in groups inside
the class, or/and efficient participation in take-home-
assignments.
Small group
discussions
Whole group
Written Exam
Web search and
writing reports.
Lab assignments 4.2 Oral Skills: free discussions save the students' time and
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 24
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
allow them to feel "involved" in the discussion, rather than
simply being outside spectators.
discussions
Brainstorming
Presentations
Class Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
C.5 Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Class Activities:
30%
Homework assignments, Oral discussions Weekly
Written summary reports through web search 3, 7, 9, 13
Class participation in solving problems Weekly
Take-home-exams 5, 11
Project groups 5, 10
Quizzes 2, 4, 8, 14
2 First Exam 6 15 %
3 Second Exam 12 15 %
4 Final Exam 16 40 %
Total 100%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 25
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
1. Office hours: Tuesday: 10-13, Wednesday: 10-13.
2. Office call: Thursday 12-14.
3. E-mail: [email protected] is permanently available.
E. Learning Resources
E.1 List Required Textbooks :
Richard Johnsonbaugh; "Discrete Mathematics"; 7th Edition; Prentice Hall; 2009.
E.2 List Essential References Materials : 1. Robert Blitzer; Thinking Mathematically; 4th Edition; Prentice Hall; 2008.
2.Steven G. Krantz; The Elements of Advanced Mathematics; 2nd Edition; Chapman & Hall/CRC;
2002.
3.Steven Roman; An Introduction to Discrete Mathematics; 2nd Edition; HBJ Publishers and its
subsidiary, Academic Press;1989.
E.3 List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Susanna S. Epp, Discrete Mathematics with Applications , 4th Edition, Brooks Cole, 2010
E.4 List Electronic Materials :
1]http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mathematics/18-304-undergraduate-seminar-in-discrete-mathematics-
spring-2006/
2] http://www.freebookcentre.net/Mathematics/Discrete-Mathematics-Books.html
E.5 Other learning material :
CD is available for the book: Thinking Mathematically; Robert Blitzer; 4th Edition; Prentice Hall;
2008.
Video lectures, Presentations, and a complete electronic course are available.
F. Facilities Required
F.1 Accommodation
Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az Zulfi.
F.2 Computing resources
Smart board
F.3 Other resources: None
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 26
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
G.1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during class work.
Students’ evaluations. & Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
G.2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department Instructor :
A department committee is established to be responsible for the development of the strategies of
Teaching through:
Self-assessment. & External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
G.3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training courses
G.4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing instructor's assessment strategy
Designing assessments which allow students to demonstrate their achievement of the learning
outcomes
Common assessment tasks
Assessing group work
G.5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness and
planning for improvement :
Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with
developments in the field.
Make use of the statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop
the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive
suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved Department Official Meeting No (6) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head
Name : Dr. Moustafa Reda
AbdALLAH Eltantawi
Name : Assoc. Prof. Yousry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/12/ 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 27
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Calculus (1)
MATH 212
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 28
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
4. 1 - Course title: Calculus 1 Course Code: MATH 212
2. Credit hours : 3 (3+0+0)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Department of Computer Science
4 – Course Language : English
5. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr.Abd El-Monem
Megahed
6. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 3
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : PMATH 127
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : .............................................................
9 - Location if not on main campus : Main Campus , Zulfi city
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 85 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? ……. %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 15 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? Study of main concepts of Calculus as follows:
1. Introduces specific tools for analysis and verification and a practical framework for understanding
important computing ideas.
2. Furnishes procedures, and processes to describe a mathematical result in everyday terms.
3. Describes and defines mathematical models that explain and express physical phenomenon, chemical
reaction, and even commercial, social, and political relations.
4. Constructs calculus tools that create well developed accurate solutions.
5. Verifies independent critical thinking and problem solving skills
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 29
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
1. Cooperate with other educational institutions to find how they deal with the subject.
2. Re- new the course references frequently.
3. Frequently check the latest discovery in science to improve the course objectives.
4. The course needs the use of computers.
5. Posting some course material on the websites to help the students.
6. Focusing on generic skills.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
i. Definitions, Domain, Range, Mathematical Modeling, Composition,
boundedness, Equality, Intervals of Increase and Decrease, Piecewise-
defined functions, Symmetric and Homogenous Functions.
ii. Classification, Important types, Graphs and Related Properties, Algebraic
Operations on the graph. The Inverse: Conditions and Tests of Existence,
Principal Branches, Analytical and Graphical Determination of the inverse.
iii. Indeterminate Forms (0* ∞-∞): Definitions, Concepts, Related
Theorems, and Evaluations, Definitions of Continuity and Discontinuity
3 9
i. Basic Concepts; Change; Average of Change and Rate of Change.
Algebraic and Geometrical meanings. ii. Elementary Functions: Power
Function, Trigonometric Function and their Inverse, Hyperbolic Functions
and their Inverse. And regarding : Graph, Domain, Range, Symmetry,
Periodicity.
4 12
i. General derivatives: Implicit Differentiation, Parametric Differentiation
and the Chain Rule.
ii. Important theorems: Definitions and importance of: Roll’s, Mean Value,
Maclurin's, Taylor's and L’Hopital Theorems.
iii. Geometric applications: Curve tracing, Polar Coordinates, Famous polar
curves.
4 12
Introduction & Basic Concepts and Properties. Notable Remarks. Tables Of
Standard Integration (All Elementary Functions), Basic Forms, Various
Skills Using Algebraic Relations to obtain different forms of the solution of
the same problem.
2 6
Completing a perfect square, Partial Fractions, By-Parts, Substitutions. 2 6
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 30
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 15 - - - 45
Credit 2 1 - - - 3
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 6
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1
Recognize, indicate and discuss the rate of growth/decay of any
relation. Classify, and convert relations from one domain to
another to reproduce new adequate form that clearly match a
solution. Summarize procedures, processes and describe the
mathematical results. Distinguish the importance of the different
terms in a given relation
Start each chapter by
general idea and the
benefit of it.
Demonstrate the
course information
and principles
through lectures.
Exams
Midterms
Final
examination.
1.2
Outline the logical thinking. Analyze the problem, plan for the
solution, develop the solution(s), and justify these solution(s).
Manage and compile the effects of quantities that can never be
directly evaluated
Provide main ways
to deal with the
exercises.
Home work.
1.3
State the physical problems by mathematical method. . Practice
how to apply and manipulate carefully the physical or/and
geometric conditions on a set of variables to sketch the locus of
these variables. Prepare and sketch clear illustrative graphs that
Solve some examples
during the lecture.
Continuous
discussions with
the students
during the
lectures.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 31
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
demonstrate and measure the behavior of complicated relations
with time or/and location(s). Sketch Flowcharts or/and apply
Pseudo code to modify computer program(s) that execute the
solution(s) of the manipulated problem(s). Acquire teamwork
communications skills, e.g. Lead and motivate individuals. Able
to work in stressful environment and within constraints
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1
The students will explain and interpret a general knowledge of
Calculus
Encourage the
student to look for
some complicated
problems in the
different references.
Midterm exams
Quizzes.
2.2
Enable students to analyses the mathematical problems. Ask the student to
attend lectures for
practice solving
problem.
Doing
homework.
Check the
problems
solution.
2.3
Student's ability to write physical equations in a correct
mathematical way.
Homework
assignments.
Discussion of
how to simplify
or analyses some
problems.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1
The student should illustrate how take up responsibility. Ask the students to
search the internet
and use the library.
Encourage them
how to attend
lectures regularly by
assigning marks for
attendance.
Quizzes of some
previous lectures.
Ask the absent
students about
last lecture.
3.2
Must be shown the ability of working independently and with
groups.
Teach them how to
cover missed lectures.
Give students tasks of
duties
Discussion
during the
lecture.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 32
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1
The student should illustrate how to communicating with: Peers,
Lecturers and Community.
Creating working
groups with peers to
collectively prepare:
solving problems and
search the internet for
some topics.
Discussing a
group work
sheets.
4.2
The student should interpret how to Know the basic
mathematical principles using the internet.
Give the students
tasks to measure
their: mathematical
skills, computational
analysis and problem
solving.
Discuses with
them the results
of computations
analysis and
problem
solutions.
4.3
The student should appraise how to Use the computer skills and
library.
Encourage the
student to ask for
help if needed.
Give homework's
to know how the
student
understands the
numerical skills.
4.4
The student should illustrate how to Search the internet and
using software programs to deal with problems.
Encourage the
student to ask good
question to help solve
the problem.
Give them
comments on
some resulting
numbers.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Midterm 1 5th
week 15 %
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 33
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2
Midterm 2 10th
week 15 %
3
Homework + reports During the
semester
10 %
4
Final exam End of semester 60%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
1- 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
2- The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks - Schaum Mathematics Books (Calculus)
2. List Essential References Materials : ) Calculus And Its Applications. David J. Ellenbogen. Addison Wesley, 2007 James Stewart
Brooks/Cole Publishing Company.
2) Calculus with Applications Margaret L. Lial Addison-Wesley .2004., Calculus with Analytic :
James Stewart., Houghton Mifflin Company .,7th Edition, 2002
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Same as mention above
.............................................................
............................................................
4. List Electronic Materials : http://www.arxiv.org//
http://www.lms.ac.uk/
http://www.ams.org/
http:// mathforum.org/advanced/
http://www.ingentaconnect.com/ content/
http://www.zentrablblatt-math.org/ zmath/en/
http://www.ma.hw.ac.uk 5. Other learning material
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 34
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
- The size of the hall must be proportionate to the number of students etc.)
- Provide enough seats for students
2. Computing resources
1- Hall is equipped with a computer
2- Provide a display projectors and peripherals
3- Smart board and accessories
3. Other resources
.............................................NO................
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Student evaluation electronically organized by the University.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : 1- The colleagues who teach the same course discuss together to evaluate their teaching
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Course report, Program report and Program self-study.
- A tutorial lecture must be added to this course. 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic
exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
The instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of evaluation
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement 1-The following points may help to get the course effectiveness:
* Student evaluation.
* Course report.
* Program report.
* Program self-study.
2- According to point 1 the plan of improvement should be given
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 35
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr.Abd El-Monem
Megahed Name : Prof: Adel Zaki
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 36
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Physics (2)
PHY 217
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 37
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information:
7. 1 - Course title : General Physics II Course Code: PHYS 217
2. Credit hours : 3(2 + 2 + 0)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Bachelor of Science (B.S)
4 – Course Language : English
8. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mohd. Shakir
Khan
9. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd
Level / 2nd
Year
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : PPHS 128
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : NIL
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science, Al-Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 70%
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10%
C - e-learning … What percentage? …….
D - Correspondence … What percentage? …….
E - Other √ What percentage? 20%
Comments :
The mode of instructions divided in parts, traditional classroom, online teaching and
other (experimental setup and analysis).
B. Objectives:
What is the main purpose for this course? To study the basic laws of electrostatics, current electricity, magnetic effect of current,
electromagnetic induction, alternating current, sound and optics.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course
that are being implemented: The contents of the syllabus should be updated
periodically and increase the use of IT during the interaction with students.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 38
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C. Course Description:
1. Topics to be covered (Theory):
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Electric charge, The electric current, Insulators and conductors,
Coulomb’s law, Point charge, The potential of point charges
1 2
The electric field, Electric field of multiple point charges, Electric
potential, The electric potential of many charges
1 2
The electric field of continuous charge distribution, current
density, examples of various shapes (disks, rings, spheres, planes)
1 2
Capacitor and Capacitance, Energy stored in a capacitor, The
parallel plate capacitor
1 2
Electric dipole, The potential of dipole, motion of point charge
and electric dipole in electric field, Electric flux
1 2
Gauss's law, Application of Gauss's law, Conductor in
electrostatic equilibrium
1 2
Fundamental circuits, Ohm's law, Series resistors, Parallel
resistors, Batteries, Conductivity and resistivity
1 2
Kirchhoff's laws, RC circuits, Magnetism and magnetic force,
source of magnetic fields
1 2
Magnetic field of current, Magnetic dipoles, Ampere's law and
solenoids, The magnetic force on a moving charge, the magnetic
force on a current-carrying wire
1 2
Forces and torques on current loops, Induced current, Motional
emf, Magnetic flux.
1 2
Lenz's law, Faraday's law, Induced fields and EM waves 1 2
inductors, LC circuits, LR circuits, AC circuits and phasor 1 2
Capacitors in AC circuits, RC filter circuits, Inductor circuits,
The RLC circuits, Power in AC circuits
1 2
Sound, The nature of light and the laws of geometric optics,
Image formation
1 2
Interference of light waves, Diffraction patterns and polarization 1 2
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 39
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Topics to be covered (Practical):
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Introduction and instructions about the laboratory. 1 2
To verify Ohm’s Law. 1 2
To determine the value of an unknown resistance. 1 2
To verify the law of parallel combination of resistors. 1 2
To verify the law of series combination of resistors. 1 2
Measuring the charging and discharging curve of a capacitor. 1 2
Determining the time constant and the capacitance of the
capacitor.
1 2
To determine the resonance frequency f0 by recording the
resonance curve.
1 2
To determine the band width and quality factor Q & To determine
the inductance value L of a coil.
1 2
Parallel plate capacitor 1 2
Verification of Kirchhoff’s low 1 2
Velocity of sound in air and solids 1 2
Seminar/ Presentation 1 2
3. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ 26 ............ ............ 56
Credit 2 ............ 1 ............ ............ 3
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 40
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
5. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy:
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Describe the basic laws of
electrostatics, current electricity,
and magnetic effect of current,
electromagnetic induction,
alternating current, sound and
optics.
Lecturing through
power point
presentation and
traditional method
using white board.
Exercises
Home work
Group Discussions
Quizzes
Mid-term
exams
Final exam
1.2 Define Coulomb’s law to calculate
electro-static force and Gauss’s
law to calculate electric field and
Ohm’s law to measure voltage,
current and resistance.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply the gained mathematical
and experimental knowledge in
any physical phenomena to
understand its behavior.
Lecturing
Individual meeting
with students to
encourage them
Group task
Home work
Evaluation of
lab reports
Practical
exam
Viva-voce
2.2 Solve the numerical problems with
confidence. Lecturing through
power point
presentation and
traditional method
using white board
Exercises
Home work
Quizzes
Numericals
Mid-term
exams
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 41
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
Solving Numericals Final exam
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time
management.
Discussion with students
to make them aware
about time management
for completion of their
assignments.
Counsel students that
how to make a good
presentation.
Encourage students to
work in a group
Group presentations /
assignments
Presentation
Quizzes
Discussions
3.2 Present a short report in a written
form and orally using appropriate
scientific methods.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Ask questions with teacher in the
class, solve problems, and use
computers.
Lecturing
Encourage students to
use program software
for drawing graphs,
writing reports etc.
Quizzes
Lab Report/
Presentation
writing
Home work
4.2 Students should be able to use
computer tools in class.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 42
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
6. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
S. No. Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1. First Exam* 6 20%
2. Second Exam* 11 20%
3. Lab Exam 14 20%
4. Presentation One per semester ….........
5. Home work Every week ….........
6. Quizzes, Report/ Presentation writing One per semester ………..
7. Discussions Three per
semester ………..
8. Tutorials Every sub topic ............
9. Computer tools used For every report
and presentation ..........
10. Final Exam* End of the
semester
40%
Total 100%
*First exam, second exam and final exam are written exam.
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support: Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student
consultations and academic advice. (Include amount of time teaching staff are
expected to be available each week).
Five office hours per week
E. Learning Resources:
1. List Required Textbooks :
Physics for scientists and engineers; Raymond A. Serway and John W.
Jewett; Cengage Learning; 9th edition; (2013).
2. List Essential References Materials :
College Physics; Raymond A. Serway and Chris Vuille; Cengage Learning; 9th
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 43
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
edition; (2011).
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material:
Physics; John D. Cutnell and Kenneth W. Johnson; John Wiley & Sons; 9th
edition; (2012).
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://demonstrations.wolfram.com
http://askthephysicist.com
http://cyberphysics.co.uk
http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/mskhan
5. Other learning material :
Excel software for drawing graphs.
MS Office for writing reports and presentations.
F. Facilities Required: 1. Accommodation :
Lecture room, a smart board to write on and computer, white board, General
Physics II lab.
2. Computing resources :
Computer and internet lab
3. Other resources :
Library, Seminar Room, and Wi-Fi internet connections.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes: 1. StrategiesforObtainingStudents’FeedbacktotheEffectivenessofTeaching:
Students’ evaluation electronically organized by the University.
Survey
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
There is a department committee.
Survey
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching:
Course report
Program report
Training Courses
4.ProcessesforVerifyingStandardsofStudents’Achievements: Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, which reviewed by
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 44
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
members of the teaching staff in addition with other duties such as discussing ideas
and ways of teaching and learning. The course should be developed periodically to
ensure that it contains latest developments in the field of study. The developments
could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved in each
semester.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course Evaluation
Exam Evaluation
Improvement plan
Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (13) Date 27 / 05 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Mohd. Shakir Khan Name : Dr. Thamer Alharbi
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 45
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Technical English
ENG 210
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 46
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Technical English Course Code: ENG 210
2. Credit hours : 2 Credit Hours (Lecture: 2 Hrs. + Exercises: Zero Hrs.)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information (B. Sc.)
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Eng. Moustafa
Reda AbdALLAH
Eltantawi
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd Level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : None
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science in Az-Zulfi (Main Campus)
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply) A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 60.00%
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10.00%
D - e-learning What percentage? …….%
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other √ What percentage? 30.00%
Comments :
1. Three-fifth of the course is introduced mainly inside well equipped traditional classrooms. So the student
will be taught, in a tidy robust way, the main core of the course.
2. One-tenth of the course is conducted with a video conference. This mode will allow the student to skip
the fear-threshold of scientific interaction.
3. Three-tenth of the course is presented orally in free discussion, and Listening to videos embedded in the
course, will equipped labs. This will upgrade the students skills in listening and conversation, and will
encourage him for continuous improvement.
The 2nd and 3rd modes of instructions makes the students feel "involved" in the discussions, rather than
simply being outside spectators.
B. Objectives
B.1 What is the main purpose for this course?. The current course includes topics that reflect the latest developments in information technology, making
them immediately relevant to students' needs. The purpose of this course is to enable the student to:
1.Enable computer science students to acquire technical and professional communication skills.
2.Developing students’ understanding and use of language in spoken and written communication.
3.Use appropriate language in professional writings; making appropriate grammatical and lexical choices;
writing effectively with a focus on content, form and language.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 47
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4.Engage in both individual and group work to write a professional resume and business letters.
5.Write a perfect technical proposal workplace and make technical oral presentations.
6.Achieve and conduct effective workplace interviews B2. Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : IT
a. Use of Smart/Interactive Board. & b. Use of DBS Smart system.
c. Applications of e-Learning.
Material 1.Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
2.Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
3.Increasing the ability of the students to implement -on the computer selected assignments that
are presented in the course.
C.1 Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1) Unit One: Working in the IT Industry: Meeting people. Jobs in IT. Schedules. Abbreviations. Business matters.
2
4
2) Unit Two: Computer Systems: Computer Hardware. Computer Software. Working with computers. Computer Usage. Business
matters.
2
4
3) Unit Three: Websites: Website Purpose. Types of Website. Website analytics. Website development (step-by-step). The
best websites. Business matters.
2
4
4) Unit Four: Databases: Database Basics. Database Processing. Data Storage and Backup. Database System Benefits.
Business matters.
2
4
5) Unit Five: E-Commerce: E-commerce Companies. E-commerce Features. Transaction Security. Online Transaction. Business
matters.
2
4
6) Unit Six: Network Systems: Types of Networks. Networking Hardware. History of Networking. Network Range and Speed.
Business matters.
2
4
7) Unit Seven: IT Support: Fault Diagnosis. Software Repair. Hardware Repair. Customer Services. Business matters.
2
4
C.2 Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact Hours 30 --- --- --- --- 30
Credit 30 --- --- --- --- 30
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 48
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C.3 Additional private study/learning hours expected for students per week.
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
Reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
Browsing the websites that are concerned with the course,
Solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
Watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 45 + 6 * 15 = 135 work hours.
C.4 Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and Alignment with
Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge 1.1 Recognize and Describe the meaning of technical abbreviations, terms, and
expressions.
Developing basic
communicative ability
through:
- Lecturing,
- Team work,
- Oral Discussion,
Home Assignments
Quizzes,
- Web search,
Graded
homework,
Class
Participation,
Midterm and
Final Exams
2.0 Cognitive Skills 2.1 Familiarity with new Software products terminology. Lectures
Exercises
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
Presentations
Brainstorming
Class
Participation
Essay
Question
Presentation
Research
2.2 Familiarity with new Hardware components specifications.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility 3.1 Safe and Precise use of new available commercial software and of new
educational computer systems.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Web search and
writing reports.
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical 4.1 Team working skills: cooperative working in groups inside the class, or/and
efficient participation in take-home-assignments. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Web search and
writing reports.
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Oral Skills: free discussions save the students' time and allow them to feel
"involved" in the discussion, rather than simply being outside spectators.
5.0 Psychomotor 5.1 NA
6 Hrs.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 49
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C.5 Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Class Activities:
30.00%
Homework assignments, Oral discussions Weekly
Written summary reports through web search 3, 7, 9, 13
Class participation in solving problems Weekly
Take-home-exams 5, 11
Project groups 5, 10
Quizzes 2, 4, 8, 14
2 First Written Exam 6 15 %
3 Second Written Exam 12 15 %
4 Final Exam 16 40 %
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and academic
advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
1. Office hours: Sunday: 10-13, Thursday: 10-13. & 2. Office call: Wed 12-14
3. E-mail: [email protected] is permanently available.
E. Learning Resources E.1 List of Required Textbooks :
Maja Olejniczak; “English for Information Technology”; Pearson Longman; 2012.
E.2 List of Essential References Materials : 1.Norma D. Mullen; “English for Computer Science”; revised updated Edition ; Oxford University press;
March 1988; ISBN-10: 0194376559;ISBN-13: 978-0194376556.
2.Iris Eisenbach; “English for Materials Science and Engineering”; Vieweg and Teubner; 2011; Print ISBN
978-3-8348-0957-5; Online ISBN 978-3-8348-9955-2.
E.3 List of Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : 1. Nell Ann Pickett, Ann Appleton Laster , Katherine E. Staples; “Technical English: Writing, Reading and
Speaking”; Longman; 8th Edition; August 18, 2000; ISBN-10: 0321003527 - ISBN-13: 978-0321003522
2. Williams I; “English for Science and Engineering Student's Book”; Heinle; 2006; ISBN-10:
1413020917 ; ISBN-13: 9781413020915.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 50
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E.4 List Electronic Materials : Lectures as videos.
E.5 Other learning material : A CD is available with the Text Book.
F. Facilities Required F.1 Accommodation
Lecture rooms are well equipped with:
air conditioned with at least 20 adequate seats.
Interactive/smart Board.
Up-to-date projector.
An Auditorium is well equipped with:
Air conditioned with at least 100 adequate seats.
Interactive/smart Board.
pU-ot-roo Udtp eotd.
F.2 Computing resources Personal computer with necessary up-to-date software.
DBS Smart Systems.
Interactive Board.
Laptop.
F.3 Other resources: 1. Colored Printer (needed)
2. Central laser-Printer, and Scanner.
3. Wall Boards (are essentially needed.)
4. Internet inside the classroom (missed.)
5. Library: Up to date scientific books, in the library.
6. Wi-Fi and internet connections are available inside the teaching staff rooms, and the seminar room.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes G.1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the
University.
Students-faculty management meetings.
G.2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : A department committee is established to be responsible for the development of the strategies of Teaching
through:
Discussions within the staff member teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
G.3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Availability of all the tools that facilitate the education process considering both the students and staff, through:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 51
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Providing the computer labs with up-to-date computers and software.
Conducting and attending workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training Courses.
G.4 Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, so reviewing the final exam questions and a
sample of corrected papers is essential. This could be achieved by members of the teaching staff (or/and
external reviewers) in addition to other duties such as discussing ideas and ways of teaching and learning. The
course should be developed periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the field of study.
Development could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved each semester.
G.5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : 1- Course Evaluation
2- Exam Evaluation
3- Improvement plan
4- Program Outlearning with course outlearning
5- Outlearning from the pre-requisite course
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H Course’s Coordinator Department Head
Name : Dr. Eng. Moustafa Reda
AbdALLAH Eltantawi Name : Prof. Yousry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 52
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 4
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Lec. Course Name Course Code
CSI 211 3 0 2 2 Programming 2 CSI 221
CSI 212 2 0 0 2 Disc. Math For CS 2 CSI 222
MATH 212 3 1 0 3 Calculus 2 MATH 220
PHYS 217 3 0 2 2 Dig. Logic Design CSI 223
--- 3 0 0 3 Fund. of Inf. Systems CSI 224
--- 2 0 0 2 General Chemistry CHEM 225
16 Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 53
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Programming (2)
CSI 221
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 54
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
10. 1 - Course title : Programming 2 Course Code: CSI 221
2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information Program
4 – Course Language : English
11. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wael Khedr
12. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 4th
level – 2014/2015
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :
Programming 1 ( CSI 211 )
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) :
None
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other What percentage? …….%
Comments :
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
The main objectives of the course are:
1. Learn the pointer and relation with array, in C++. And how to use pointers vs array into
programming.
2. Understand/Apply class data type with its constructor, destructor, and using objects of classes
into the structure of programs.
3. Understand/Apply inheritance, and how to inherited classes.
4. Understand/Apply polymorphism on Object Oriented programming.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : Using Dev C++ programming language or Visual C++ Package .
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 55
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. A review of control structures and data types with
emphasis on structured data types and array processing,
review syntax of functions and primitive data types.
2 8
2. Introduction to input / output file streams. 1 4
3. Array of pointers
1 4
4. Introduce to the object-oriented programming paradigm,
focusing on the definition and use of classes along with the
fundamentals of object-oriented design
2 8
5. Class and method (constructor, overloading , method)
2 8
6. Pointers and Iterators 2 8
7. Class Inheritance 2 8
8. Polymorphism 1 4
9. Exception Handling 2 8
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 30 - - - 60
Credit 30 15 - - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for 5
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 56
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
students per week.
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5* 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Students will have a skills for upgrade their simple programs in C++. Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Students will have an understanding of programming based on object ,
and complex programming.
1.3 Students will understand the concepts of and techniques used in C++
programming like classes, polymorphism.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply C++ program structure and the VC++ object. Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Students will be able to analyze programming problems .
2.3 Students will learn to think about life solutions by programming
skills.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and
internet..
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using
appropriate scientific language.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 57
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems, and
use computers.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Observations
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather
information about a selected topic.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups, and
communicate with each other and with me electronically, and
periodically visit the sites I recommended.
5.0 Psychomotor
NA
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After each
chapter
10%
5
Practical exam 15 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total
100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours:
Office call:
Email:
Mobile:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 58
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
C++: How To Program, 10th
edition, Deitel & Deitel, Prentice Hall , 2013.
2. List Essential References Materials : C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program Design, 6th , D. De Malik, course
technology , 2012.
ISBN 978-1133626381
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : None
4. List Electronic Materials :
Determines as the course is going on.
5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms for lectures which are featured to traditional education, e-learning, and
equipped with a computer, display device, data show screen, ordinary blackboard, smart
board, integrated sound system, proper lighting system, and proper conditioning system.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources None
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 59
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the course.
Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.
Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of direct
observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules Commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with
developments in the field.
Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop
the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive
suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Wael Khedr Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : 22/12 /1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 60
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Discrete Mathematics for Computer
Science (2)
CSI 222
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 61
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Discrete Mathematics for
Computer Science (2) Course Code: CSI 222
2. Credit hours : 2 Credit hours (2 lectures)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hassan Aly
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 4th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science (1) – CSI 212
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other What percentage? 5 %
Comments :
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? 1.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1. Using group discussion
2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
3. Encourage students to learn the benefits of this course to be engaged in other applications.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 62
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Number Theory: Divisibility and Euclidean algorithms. Modular arithmetic, Fermat's and Euler's theorems, Chinese remainder theorem.
5 10
2. Concepts of Abstract Algebra: groups, rings, fields, Homomorphisms, Lagrange's theorem, Finite fields.
5 10
3. Automata Theory: Finite state machine, regular expressions, DFA, NDFA, and their equivalence, Grammars and Chomsky hierarchy.
5 10
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - - - - 30
Credit 30 - - - - 30
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 3 Hours
The private self-study of the attending student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
implementing security algorithms using C++ ,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 3 x 15 = 105 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 63
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Describe efficient basic number-theoretic algorithms,
including greatest common divisor, multiplicative inverse
mod n, and raising to powers mod n.
Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations.
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
1.2 Discuss the concepts of finite state machines and context
free grammar.
1.3 Define the basic algebraic structures: group, ring, and
field.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply the properties of natural numbers to computer applications.
Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations. Brainstorming.
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes Observations
2.2 Convert among equivalently powerful notations for a
language, including DFAs, NFAs, and context free
grammars.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Solve problems in elementary number theory Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming. Presentations.
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
3.2 Design an efficient finite state machine to accept a specified language.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Compute without calculator. Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Observations Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities
4.2 function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 64
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After each
chapter 10%
5
Implementation of presented methods Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1
Email: [email protected]
Mobile: 0538231332
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Kenneth H. Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications”, Mcgraw-Hill
College, 2011.
2. List Essential References Materials : Ronald L. Graham, Donald E. Knuth, and Oren Patashnik, Concrete Mathematics: A
Foundation for Computer Science, Addison-Wesley Professional, 1995.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Discrete Mathematics. 4. List Electronic Materials :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 65
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Other learning material :
Videos and presentations are available for the Coordinator
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Labs as that available at college of science at AzZulfi are enough
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources
N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the
university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 66
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Hassan Aly Name : Dr Yosry Azzam.
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 67
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Calculus (2)
Math 220
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 68
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Calculus (2) Course Code: Math 220
2. Credit hours : 02
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Naveed Yaqoob
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered :
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Math 212
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : No
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science, Al-Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 10 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? ……. %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 60 %
E - Correspondence √ What percentage? 30 %
F - Other What percentage? ……. %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
Students are expected to
improve their concepts about derivatives.
accurately solve the questions related to antiderivatives.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
N/A
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 69
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours A: Derivatives:
1. Basics of derivatives (product and quotient) 01 04
2. Derivatives of logarithmic, trigonometric and hyperbolic functions 03 12
B: Introduction to Integration: 01 04
1. Basics of integration and their properties 01 04
2. Fundamental theorems of calculus 01 04
3. Integrals of hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions 01 04
4. Integration methods: by substitution, by parts and by partial fractions 01 04
5. Definite integrals and their properties 01 04
C: Numerical Integration:
1. Trapezoidal rule 01 04
2. Polar coordinates – Areas using polar coordinates 02 08
Revision 02 08
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 6 ............ ............ ............ 36
Credit ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ .......
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 06
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 70
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Deepen students’ concepts Drilling Assignments
1.2 Improve students understanding and awareness. Imitation Quizzes
1.3 Expand students’ exposure to solve the problems Writing CW/HW
1.4 ................................................................... ................ ................
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Ability to think analytically and critically; Lectures Assignments
2.2 Ability to understand and analyze the mathematical problems Class discussion Quizzes
2.3 ................................................................... ................ ................
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Students can complete assignments in due time; Lectures Assignments
3.2 Students can actively and critically participate in class
activities; Class discussion Quizzes
3.3 Students can act responsibly and ethically in conducting their
work; Peer and group
discussion
CW/HW
3.4 Students can communicate, negotiate and evaluate their
strengths and weaknesses as team members. Speaking practice Mid Term
3.5 ................................................................... ................ ................
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical 4.1 ................................................................... ................ ................
4.2 ................................................................... ................ ................
4.3 ................................................................... ................ ................
4.4 ................................................................... ................ ................
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.3 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.4 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.5 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.6 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 71
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Assignments ................ 05
2
Participation ................ 05
3
Attendance ................ 05
4
Quizzes ................ 20
5
Mid Term ................ 25
6
Final Examination ................ 40
7
Total Marks ................ 100
8 ......................................................................... ................ ....................
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Available at office hours per week and reachable via email:
- Sunday from 08 a.m - 2:30 p.m.
- Monday from 10 a.m – 2:30 p.m
- Wednesday from 10 a.m – 2:30 p.m.
- Thursday from 10 a.m – 2:30 p.m.
-
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Calculus by Swokowski, Sixth Edition.
Calculus with analytic geometry by Larsen and Hostetler, 5th Edition.
............................................................
2. List Essential References Materials :
Calculus by Swokowski, Sixth Edition
.................... .........................................
............................................................
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Calculus with analytic geometry by Larsen and Hostetler, 5th Edition.
4. List Electronic Materials :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 72
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
http://mathcity.org/bsc/notes_of_calculus_with_analytic_geometry
www.ilmikitabkhana.com
Laptop and Internet Connection in the classroom
5. Other learning material :
Find more and more website related to Calculus
.............................................................
............................................................
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Lecture room with speakers and internet access.
............................................................
2. Computing resources
Desktop or laptop with internet facility
............................................................
3. Other resources
Data show to facilitate going over students' papers in class
............................................................
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Weekly assignments
Class quizzes
Class participation
Positive use of website
Mid term exams
Final exams
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Cooperation of course coordinators
............................................................
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Training sessions.
Workshops to facilitate the exchange of experiences amongst faculty members
Regular meetings where problems are discussed and solutions are given
Discussion of problems faced in the classroom with colleagues and supervisors
Encouragement of faculty members to attend professional development conferences
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 73
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Keeping up to date with pedagogical theory and practice
Update learning sources
. ............................................................
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Check marking of students' papers (those who believe they are under graded can have their
papers checked by a second reader).
............................................................
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
............................................................
............................................................
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head
Name : Naveed Yaqoob Name : Prof. Dr. Adel Zak Ali Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 74
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Digital Logic Design
CSI 223
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 75
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Digital Logic Design Course Code: CSI-223
2. Credit hours : 3 credit hour ) (2 lecture + 2 Lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information
Program
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yosry Azzam
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 4th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : General Physics (PHYS 217)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at Az Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …….%
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read the course
book, solve problems in their homes, and do experimental work using some dedicated SW programs that
simulate the real HW kits.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The course provides students with basic knowledge in: Binary Numbers, Octal and Hexadecimal
Numbers, Number Base Conversions, Complements, Signed Binary Numbers, Binary Codes;
Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates, Basic Definitions, Axiomatic Definition of Boolean Algebra,
Basic Theorems and Properties of Boolean Algebra, Boolean Functions, Canonical and Standard
Forms. Digital Logic Gates, Integrated Circuits, Transistor equivalent of Digital Logic Gates;
Gate-Level Minimization, The Map Method, Four-Variable Map, Five-Variable Map, Product of
Sums Simplification, Don't-Care Conditions, NAND and NOR Implementation, Exclusive-OR
Function; Combinational Logic, Combinational Circuits, Analysis Procedure, Design Procedure,
Binary Adder-Subtractor, Decimal Adder, Binary Multiplier, Magnitude Comparator, Decoders,
Encoders, Multiplexers; Sequential circuits: Latches and Flip flops, Sequential circuits analysis
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 76
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
and design, Finite state machines, Registers and Counters.
As so, the purpose of this course is to: 1- Study number systems and codes and their application to digital systems.
2- Apply Boolean algebra to the design and characterization of digital circuits.
3- Explain the mathematical characteristics of logical gates.
4- Apply truth tables, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh maps.
5- Implement design equations and procedures to design combinational systems consisting of gates.
6- Apply alternative techniques to simplify the design process.
7- Utilize decoders and multiplexers in the design of logic.
8- Design and describe the operation of basic memory elements.
9- Analyze the behaviour of sequential synchronous circuits.
10- Use registers and counters in the sequential circuits.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 6. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
7. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
8. Increasing the ability of the students to implement and do experimental work using some dedicated
SW programs that simulate the real HW kits.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Course Introduction
Introduction to digital systems and their applications 1 4
Binary systems 2 8
Boolean Algebra and logic gates 3 12
Gate Level Minimization 3 12
Combinational Logic 3 12
Synchronous Sequential Logic 3 12
3. Course components (total contact hours and credits per
semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 77
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Credit 30 - 15 - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 4
The private self-study of my students is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 4 * 15 = 120 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Gain knowledge and understand of Binary Systems, Boolean Algebra, Logic Gates, Canonical and standard forms and Gate level minimization.
Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
1.2 Demonstrate the use of number systems and codes as well as
explaining the mathematical characteristics of logical gates.
1.3 Gain knowledge of Combinational Logic, Storage elements,
and Sequential synchronous circuits.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply truth tables, Boolean algebra, Karnaugh maps, and
other methods to the design and characterization of digital
circuits as well as to obtain design equations and use them to
design combinational systems yielding innovative designs.
Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations Brainstorming
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
2.2 Utilize decoders and multiplexers in the design of logic gates
and descriptions of the operation of basic memory elements.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 78
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
2.3 Analyze and design synchronous sequential circuits as well
as the use of registers and counters in these circuits.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Submit a group final project at the end of the semester that
involves the implementation of design theory, and the use of
a simulation package to develop a complex digital circuit.
Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
3.2
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Participate and discuss during the lectures through team work activities and use of the internet to search for related topics
Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
4.2
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 5 %
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 5 %
5
Final Lab Exam 15 20%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 79
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
7
Total
100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
M. Morris Mano , Michael D. Ciletti , Digital Design: With an Introduction to the
Verilog HDL, 5th Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2012 M. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime, Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals, 4th
Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2008
C. H. Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2004
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : M. Morris Mano and Charles R. Kime, Logic and Computer Design Fundamentals, 4th
Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2008
C. H. Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Thomson Brooks / Cole, 2004
4. List Electronic Materials :
Logic Gate Simulator.
5. Other learning material : http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CeD2L6KbtVM&list=PL018B3BB2E6FE781D
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mMKSKpF103A
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K6cj3NaUqyU
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az Zulfi.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 80
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Hardwired logic gate kits.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the
faculty member on his personal site.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Comparison Graphs to indicate student achievements in comparison to other departments.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam
Signature :
Signature :
.
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 81
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Fundamentals of Course Code: CSI 224
Fundamentals of Information
Systems
CSI 224
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 82
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Information Systems
2. Credit hours : ( 3 Credit Hours ) (3 Lecture)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th
Level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at Az Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors
worldwide. The websites containing the required material are provided to the students.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
The course provides an overview of the fundamentals of data and information
processing as they relate to meeting the needs of an organization. Also, it provides an
understanding of how information systems are used in organizations. These objectives
can be successfully achieved through the conduct of the following topics:
Basic Concepts of Systems: What are they, Why we need them, How are they
constructed, When and where are they used. Components of Information Systems,
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 83
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Levels and Types of Information Systems, Important illustrative examples of Real-life
practical Information Systems: DSS, ERP, Expert Systems, GUI, and Internet Portals.
Also, the course introduces system hardware, system software, Telecommunications
and networks and also provides an introduction to Databases.
By the end of the course, the student should be able to:
• Demonstrate why information systems are so vulnerable to damage, error, abuse
and quality problems.
• Comprehend the special measures required to ensure the reliability, availability,
and security of electronic commerce and the digital business processes.
• Describe the most important software quality assurance techniques.
• Enable students to be efficient in their work.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
9. Exams during the term with feedback provided to the students, so that
these examinations can help the overall learning process.
10. Using group discussions through the internet with course attending students.
11. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics in the field.
12. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in
the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction to Information Systems:
Importance of information systems – Components of information 4 12
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 84
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
systems - IS Knowledge Framework for Business Professionals -
What does IS do for a business? - E-business use - Types of IS -
Developing IS Solutions - Ethical challenges of IT applications -
Challenges of IT Careers - Information systems model - IS
Activities – Case Studies.
2. Computer Hardware:
Calculating pre-computer - Next wave of computing –
Microcomputers - Computer System Categories – How to Choose
Computers - Input technologies - Speech Recognition Systems -
Storage Trade-Offs - Radio Frequency Identification.
3 9
3. Computer Software:
Types of software - Application software – System software -
Software classifications - Software Suites - Integrated Packages -
Software alternatives - Software Licensing - Popular Operating
Systems - Other types of system software - Programming
Languages - Web Languages - Web Services – Case Studies.
2 6
4. Data Resource Management:
Fundamental Data Concepts - Database Structures - Relational
Operations - Evaluation of Database Structures - Database
Development - Types of databases - Extracting Business
Knowledge from Data Warehouse (Data Mining) - DBMS Major
Functions - Database Interrogation - Database Maintenance -
Application Development – Case studies.
3 9
5. Telecommunications and Networks:
Network Concepts - Trends in Telecommunications - Open
Systems - Digital Network Technologies - Business Value of
Telecommunication Networks - The Internet - Internet Service
Provider - Popular uses of the Internet – Network Types -
Telecommunications Media - Wireless Technologies -
Telecommunications Processors - Telecommunications Software
3 9
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 85
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
- Network Topologies - Network Architectures & Protocols - OSI
& TCP/IP Models - Transmission Speeds - Switching
Alternatives – Case Studies.
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 45 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45
Credit 45 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference books,
searching the websites that are concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 45 + 5 * 15 = 120 work
hours.
5. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 86
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.1 Explain how and why information systems are used
today, and how information systems are enabling
new forms of commerce between individuals,
organizations, and governments, and discuss
globalization and the role information systems has
played in this evolution.
Lectures
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Use some current technical concepts and practices,
and describe the current and emerging technologies
that enable new forms of communication,
collaboration, and partnering, and explain and
contrast how organizations develop and acquire
information systems and technologies.
Lectures
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Adhere to professional, ethical, legal, security, and
social issues and their responsibilities that are
related to information systems.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Function effectively on teams to accomplish a
common goal, and communicate effectively with a
range of audiences.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..........................NA........................................... .................. ..................
5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 87
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group
discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After every
chapter 10%
5
Research about presented topics Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual
student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching
staff are expected to be available each week)
1. six office hours per week in the lecturer’s schedule.
2. The contact with students by e-mail, mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 88
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
O'Brien and MaraKas, George Marakas ; Introduction to Information Systems
(16th
Ed.) McGraw Hill, Business and Economics, 2012.
2. List Essential References Materials :
V. Rajaman; Analysis and Design of Information Systems; 2nd
Edition; PHI
Learning Pvt Ltd; Aug. 2004.
Ralph Stair and George Reynolds, “Fundamentals of Information Systems”,
Course Technology, 3rd Edition2005.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
ACM TRANSACTIONS ON INFORMATION SYSTEMS JOURNAL.
ENTERPRISE INFORMATION SYSTEMS JOURNAL.
EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF INFORMATION SYSTEMS JOURNAL.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp
https://www.coursera.org/
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentations that available with the instructor.
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Classrooms and,
Library, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 89
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
electronically organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Discussion amongst the staff members teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Instructors of the course make efforts to develop a unique process for student
evaluation and develop exams to assess the students.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 23 / 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 90
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
General chemistry
CHEM 225
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 91
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : General Chemistry Course Code: CHEM-225
2. Credit hours : (2 hrs)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science (B.Sc.)
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Ahmed Khamis
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered: 4th
Level/ 2nd
year
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Nil
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : Nil
9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 70 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 20 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 5 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
- Review the concepts of basic chemistry
- Explain interested examples of how chemistry applies to life
- Describe the atomic theory ,physical and chemical properties of matters
- Study the mole concept
- Study the chemical bonding
- Study atoms, molecules and ions
- Describe the chemical reactions
- Study the gases and their laws
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 92
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
- Study the liquid state
- Study acids and bases
- Study the chemical equilibrium
- Study acids and bases
- Study the thermochemistry
- Study the chemical kinetics
- Study an introduction to organic chemistry
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
1. Changes in content as a result of new research in the field.
2. Using new references.
3. Using web references.
4. Increase use of IT
5. Video material.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Atomic Theory 1 1
2. The mole concept 2 2
3. Chemical Bonding 1 1
4. Chemical formula and nomenclature 2 2
5. Chemical Reactions 1 1
6. Gases 1 1
7. Liquids 2 2
8. Acids and bases 1 1
9. Chemical Equilibrium 2 2
10. Thermochemistry 1 1
11. Chemical kinetics 1 1
12. Organic chemistry 1 1
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 93
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Contact
Hours
30 30
Credit 30 30
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 8 office hours + 10
hours self-study
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 - Describe the atomic theory ,physical and
chemical properties of matters Lectures
Solving
problems
Video tutorial
Discussion
Midterm
exams
Periodical
short quizzes
Discussion
and team
work
1.2 - Study the chemical bonding
1.3 - Study atoms, molecules and ions and mole
concept
1.4 - Describe the chemical reactions
1.5 - Study the gases and their laws
1.6 - Study the liquid state and acids and bases
1.7 - Study the chemical equilibrium, acids and
bases
1.8 - Study the thermochemistry and chemical
kinetics
1.9 - Study an introduction to organic chemistry
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Solving problems in chemistry Lectures
Discussion
Class
Participation
Presentation
Essay
Question
2.2 Solving practice exercises
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 94
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Solving practice exercises Lectures
Problem
solving
Group
Discussion
Class
Participation
Presentation
Essay
Question
3.2 Review questions
3.3 Review model answers
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions,
solve problems, and use computers. Exercises
Problem
solving
Essay
questions
Write reports
and power
point
presentation
Exercises
related to
specific topics
4.2 Illustrate deal.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in
groups, and communicate with each other.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Not applicable. .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1 First Midterm 6th 20 %
2 Second Midterm 12th 20%
3 Review and oral presentation 12th 10 %
4 Group discussion and activities Every week 10%
5 Final written Examination 15th 40 %
6 First Midterm 6th 20 %
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 95
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
8 hours each week for student consultation and academic advice
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Chemistry, Raymond Chang, Tenth edition, 2010, Mc Graw Hil
Chemistry- Principles and reactions , Masterton, W.L. and Hurley, C.N. Third
edition, 1997, Saunders College Publishing
2. List Essential References Materials :
General Chemistry, McMurry, J. and Robert, F. International Edition 2009.
General Chemistry, John W. Hill, Ralph H. Petrucci, Terry W. McCreary, and
Scott S. Perry., 4th
edition, 2005 , Pearson / Prentice Hall Publishing Company,
New Jersey.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
J. AOAC
J. Analytical chemistry
J. Organic Chemistry
4. List Electronic Materials : http://www.chemistry.ohio-state.edu
5. Other learning material :
Tutorial CD, video clips, Microsoft office, power point and active inspiration.
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Class rooms are well lightened and ventilated with enough space and chairs.
Laboratories are equipped with apparatus, instruments, material, and laboratory
facilities for laboratory tests and experiments.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 96
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Computing resources
Smart Board is available
Computers and internet are available for online study and video tutorials.
3. Other resources The course is theoretical only.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Student evaluation about the course electronically organized by the University
Student satisfaction about the examination.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Department committee evaluation
Student satisfaction report about the course and examination
Internal reviewers reports
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Course report.
Program report.
Training Courses
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, which reviewed
by members of the teaching staff in addition to other duties such as discussing
ideas and ways of teaching and learning. The course should be developed
periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the field of
study.
Development could be set as an objective in the report of the course to be
achieved each semester.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course Evaluation
Exam Evaluation
Improvement plan depends on the students and internal viewer feedback.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 97
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Ahmed Khamis Name : ..........................
Signature : Ahmed Khamis Salama
.
Signature : ..........................
Date : 1/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 98
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 5
Requisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI 221 3 0 2 2 Visual Programming CSI 311
CSI 221,
CSI 212
3 0 2 2 Data Structure CSI 312
CSI 223 3 0 2 2 Computer Organization and Assembly Language CSI 313
CSI 211 3 0 2 2 Database CSI 314
Math 220 3 1 0 3 Linear Alg. & Diff. Eq. MATH 310
-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 1 ISL ***
17
Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 99
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Visual Programming
CSI 311
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 100
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Visual Programming Course Code: CSI 311
2. Credit hours : 4 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Exercise) Credit Hours
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mohamed Wagieh
Mostafa.
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 5th
Level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Programming 2 (CSI 221)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at AzZulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ….%
F - Other What percentage? …%
Comments :
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
Quick review of the Internet and Internet programming concepts, Web Servers and
Web Application Servers, Design Methodologies with concentration on Object-
Oriented concepts, Client-Side Programming, Server-Side Programming, Active
Server Pages, Database Connectivity to web applications, Adding Dynamic content to
web applications, Programming Common Gateway Interfaces, Programming the User
Interface for the web applications.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 101
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
The main objectives are summarized as shown below:
1. Giving the students the insights of the Internet programming and how to design
and implement complete applications over the web.
2. It covers the notions of Web servers and Web Application Servers, Design
Methodologies with concentration on Object-Oriented concepts, Client-Side
Programming, Server-Side Programming, Active Server Pages, Database
Connectivity to web applications, Adding Dynamic content to web applications,
Programming Common Gateway Interfaces, Programming the User Interface
for the web applications.
3. It also concentrates on the usage of recent platforms used in developing web
applications such as the .Net environment like C#, XML, and ASP.Net.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
1. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
3. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the algorithms using visual C# that are presented in
the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction
Understanding .Net
Creating a console application
Adding a C# File
Using the visual studio Text Editor
Build and Run the project
Program structure
variables
expressions
1 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 102
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Calculations using C#
Compiling multiple files
2. data types, operators and expressions in C#
integer types
floating point types
decimal type
character type
string
Boolean type
implicit conversions
explicit conversions
operators and expressions
operator cardinality
arithmetic operators
conditional logical operators
Bitwise operators
2 8
3. control structures
if test
loops
Arrays
break
continue
goto
structured programming
Using the Conditional Operator
Using the NOT operator
Using the while Loop
Using the for Loop
Using the do Loop
Using Nested Loop
2 8
4. Windows programming in C# - part I
Creating a Form
Creating a Form That Is the Main Window of a Program
Placing a Button on a Window
Using the Visual Studio IDE to Design a Form
Understanding the Code Created by the IDE
Adding Functionality to a Button on a Form
Adding a Second Button to a Form
2 8
5. Windows programming in C# - part II
Using the Visual Studio Help Search Function
Understanding Controls
1 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 103
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Creating a Form With Labels
Setting a Label's Font
Adding Color to a Form
Using CheckBox and RadioButton Objects
Adding a PictureBox to a Form
6. Object-Oriented Concepts and the Basics of C# - part I
Writing a C# Program that Produces Output
Compiling and Executing a Program from the Command Line
Adding Comments to a Program
Compiling and Executing a Program Using the Visual Studio IDE
Using the System Namespace
Declaring Variables
Using the Standard Binary Arithmetic Operators
1 4
7. Object-Oriented Concepts and the Basics of C# - part II
Using Floating-Point Data Types
Using the string Data Type to Accept Console Input
Making Decisions
Writing Methods
Creating a MessageBox
Adding Functionality to MessageBox Buttons
1 4
8. Methods in C#
Writing methods with No Arguments and No Return Value
Implementation Hiding and How to use Multiple Files
Writing methods That Require a Single Argument
Writing methods That Require a Multiple Arguments
Writing methods That Return Values
Using ref and out Parameters Within Methods
Overloading Methods
Avoiding Ambiguous Methods
2 8
9. Classes in C#
Understanding Class Concepts
Creating a Class from Which Objects Can Be Instantiated
Creating instance variables and methods
Declaring Objects
Compiling and Running a Program That Instantiates Class Objects
Organizing Your Classes
Using Public Fields and Private Methods
Understanding the this reference
Understanding Constructor Methods
Passing Parameters to Constructors
Overloading Constructors
Understanding Destructor Methods
2 8
10. Access and SQL – part I 1 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 104
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Understanding Key Database Concepts
Creating an Access Database
Using Access and SQL to Create Database Tables
Manipulating Data Using SQL
Retrieving Data Using SQL
Retrieving All Data
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ ....30.... ............ ............ 60
Credit 30 ............ ......15...... ............ ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
implementing algorithms using visual C# ,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented
related topics worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work
hours.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 105
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Using C# data types, class libraries and control
constructs.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Implement C# program. Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Develop and write programs applying Object Oriented
principles using C#.
2.3 Create member functions using C# syntax and exception
handling.
2.4 Building C# classes and inheritance hierarchies
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1
Writing GUI applications using the drag-and-drop
facilities.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Writing and deploying components in C# application. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 106
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group
discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After every
chapter 10%
5
Research about presented topics Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual
student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching
staff are expected to be available each week)
Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Tues. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Thurs 12-1
Email: [email protected]
3. Mobile: 0546942685
E. Learning Resources
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 107
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
1. List Required Textbooks :
John Sharp, Microsoft Visual C# 2010 Step By Step, Third Edition. Microsoft
Press, 2010
2. List Essential References Materials :
Svetlin Nakov, Veselin Kolev, and Co., Fundamentals of Computer Programming
with C#, Sofia, 2013. ISBN 978-954-400-773-7
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Journal of Visual Programming.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://www.introprogramming.info/
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentations that available with the instructor
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Classrooms and,
Library, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is
electronically organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 108
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of the
evaluation.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 01 / 1436 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Mohamed Wagieh. Name : Assoc. Prof. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 109
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
CSI 312 Data Structure
CSI 311
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 110
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
13. 1 - Course title : CSI 312 Course Code: Data Structure
2. Credit hours : 3 hrs( 2 lec + 2 lab )
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science &Information
4 – Course Language : English.
14. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wael Khedr
15. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 5
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 221 and CSI 212
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N /A
9 - Location if not on main campus : Al Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other What percentage? …….%
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The purpose of this course is to provide the students with solid foundations in the
basic concepts of computer science: Time and Space. The main objective of the course
is to teach the students how to select and design data structures and algorithms that are
appropriate for problems that they might encounter. This course is also about
introducing the student to the basic concepts of studying algorithms, their correctness
and computational complexity. This course offers the students a mixture of theoretical
knowledge and practical experience using C++. Topics includes:
1. Review of Basic concepts: Definition of an algorithm, asymptotic analysis of
upper and average complexity bounds. Identifying differences among best,
average and worst case behaviors. Big O, little o, omega, and theta notations.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 111
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Time and space tradeoffs in algorithms. Algorithms strategies.
2. Basic algorithms: Sorting ( insertion sort, merge sort), searching ( linear search,
binary search).
3. Basic data structures: Lists, linked lists, double linked lists, stacks, queues.
4. Advanced data structures: Graphs, trees, heaps, dynamic sets, and has tables.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 13. Using group discussion
14. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
15. Motivate students to solve practical problems using C++ programming
language.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Review Basic topics of C++
Classes and Structures 2 8
Basic data structures.
Arrays ( Insertion & Deletion) .
Sorting( non-recursive) 2 8
Linked Lists(single , doubly and circularly) 2 8 Stacks and Queues (static and dynamic) 2 8 Recursion and Sorting Algorithms 1 4 Trees 2 8 Searching algorithms 1 4
Hashing 2 8 Graphs , Networks, and File Structure 1 4
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 112
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Credit 30 - 15 - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5* 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recall the basic data structures and their relative
advantages and disadvantages. Developing basic
communicative
Ability through
short and varied
situated
discourse.
Lecturing
Team work
Exercises
Homework.
Group
Discussion
Presentation
Mid-term exam
Final test
1.2 Describe data structure types and their process
(insertion, deletion , and search).
1.3 Describe the common search algorithms techniques.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 An ability to implement and use common data
structures
Problem solving
Class discussion
presentation
Individual meeting
with the instructor
(encouraging students
to discuss different
topics outside the
classroom)
Class
Participation
Presentation
Essay Question
Research
2.2 An ability to implement and use data structure types
( linked list, tree , stack, and queue) in storing ,
insertion, deletion , and searching data on a disk file.
2.3 Apply the common search algorithms techniques on
data structures types types ( linked list, tree , stack,
and queue) .
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with
students
Making students
Respecting
deadlines.
Showing active 3.2 Learn how to search for information through library
and internet.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 113
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally
using appropriate scientific language
aware about time
management in
completing their
assignments and
C++ programs .
Counsel students
how to make a
good presentation
in data structure.
Encourage students to
help each other.
class
participation.
Helping other
students to
understand tasks
in the class.
Giving clear and
logical
arguments
Performing seriously
on midterms and
final exams.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers. Exercises
Problem solving
oral quizzes
Essay questions
Encourage
students to use
programming by
C++ or C#
Write reports
Exercises related
to specific topics
4.2 Illustrate deal with confidence with differential
equations, integrations, and differentials.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups,
and communicate with each other and with me
electronically, and periodically visit the sites I
recommended.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5.2 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First exam* 6 15%
2
Second exam* 12 15%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 114
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3
Lab. Exam 15 15%
4
Presentation One/ semester
15%
5
Homework Every week
6
quizzes End topics
7
Discussions Every week
8 Team group Three time/
semester
9 Tutorials Every sub
topic
10 Computer tools used
Every report
and
presentation
11 Project
-
12 Peer project
-
13 Final exam * End of the
semester 40%
Total
100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
2. At least 6 well-declared office hours per week are available for all the students.
3. Supervision and reviewing of activities are conducted directly.
4. E-mail is permanently available.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Robert Sedgewick: Algorithms in C++, Parts 1-4: Fundamentals, Data Structure, Sorting, Searching,
2011, Addison-Wesley.
Michael T. Goodrich , Roberto Tamassis, and David Mount ,Data structures& Algorithms in C++,
second edition, John Wiley ,2011
A.V. Aho,J.E. Hopcroft and J. D. Ullman, Data Structure and Algorithms. Reading , MA: Addison-
Wesley,1983.
Larry Nyhoff, ADTs, Data Structures and Problem Solving with C++, 2nd
Ed. , Printice Hall,
2005.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 115
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Malik, Data Structures using C++, Thomson , 2003.
2. List Essential References Materials : T. Budd, An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming. Reading, Mass: Addison-Wesley,1999.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Clifford Shaffer, A practical Introduction to Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis, 2nd Ed. ,
Prentice Hall, 2001.
4. List Electronic Materials : http://sheekh-3arb.info/islam/library/books/programming/data-structure-course.pdf
http://www.sanlp.org/malik/ads/cpcs 324 – algorithms and data structures 01.pdf
http://www.sanlp.org/malik/ads/cpcs 324 – algorithms and data structures 04.pdf
http://www.pvpsiddhartha.ac.in/syllabus_07_08/it/ii-i/advanced data structures and algorithms lab.doc
5. Other learning material :
Non
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Lecture rooms are well equipped with:
Air conditioned with at least 20 adequate seats.
Interactive/smart Board.
Up-to-date projector.
An Auditorium is well equipped with:
Air conditioned with at least 100 adequate seats.
Interactive/smart Board.
Up-to-date projector.
2. Computing resources Personal computer with necessary up-to-date software.
DBS Smart Systems.
Interactive Board.
Laptop
3. Other resources Colored Printer (needed).
Central laser-Printer, and Scanner.
Wall Boards (are essentially needed.).
Internet inside the classroom (missed.).
Library: Up to date scientific books, in the library.
Wi-Fi and internet connections are available inside the teaching staff
rooms, and the seminar room.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 116
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching: Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the
University.
Students-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussions within the staff member teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
Outside reviewer of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Providing the computer labs with up-to-date computers and software.
Conducting and attending workshops given by experts on the teaching and learning methodologies.
Periodical departmental and outside revisions of its methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members (course and program reports).
Training Courses.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Efficiency of course will be reflected on the results of the class, so reviewing the final exam questions and a
sample of corrected papers is essential. This could be achieved by members of the teaching staff (or/and
external reviewers) in addition to other duties such as discussing ideas and ways of teaching and learning. The
course should be developed periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the field of study.
Development could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved each semester.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course Evaluation
Exam Evaluation
Improvement plan
Program Outlearning with course outlearning
Outlearning from the pre-requisite course
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Wael Khedr Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 117
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 118
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Computer Organization and
Assembly Language
CSI 313
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 119
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Computer Organization
and Assembly Language Course Code: CSI 313
2. Credit hours : 3 (2+2)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hammad
Quraishi
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 5th
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 223
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science in Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80%
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors worldwide. They
illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.
B. Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
The goal of this course is to introduce topics related to the organization and operation of computers.
Topics include the main components of computers (central processing unit, primary and secondary
memory, common peripheral devices, and computer communications hardware), data representation
in computer systems, simple computer design, cache memory, programming in assembly language,
and input/output and storage systems. Also featured is an overview of parallel architectures.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 120
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Students will:
Develop a basic understanding of computer system organization,
Learn to program computer systems at the machine and assembly levels,
Understand what roles are carried out by the microarchitecture, data flow and control flow
portions of computers,
Understand how a high level language is translated from text, to assembly, to machine language,
and
Learn how I/O devices are controlled by microprocessors.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
16. Using group discussion through the internet with students attending the course.
17. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction to Computer Systems Organization
The Main Components of a Computer, Standards Organizations, Evolution
of Computers, The von Neumann Model, Non-von Neumann Models.
Lab Work: Introduction to Assembly Language and Simulator.
2 8
2. Data Representation in Computer Systems
Positional Numbering Systems, Decimal to Binary Conversions, Signed
Integer Representation, Floating-Point Representation, Character Codes,
Codes for Data Recording and Transmission, Error Detection and
Correction.
Lab Work: Variable storage in registers and memory using various
representations. Performing Simple Arithmetic and Logic Operations.
2 8
3. An Introduction to a Simple Computer
CPU Basics and Organization, The Bus, Clocks, The Input/Output
Subsystem, Memory Organization and Addressing, Interrupts, Registers and
Buses, The Instruction Set Architecture, Register Transfer Notation,
Instruction Processing, A Simple Program, Real-World Examples of
Computer Architectures.
Lab Work: Implementing Loops and Introduction to Hardware and Software
4 16
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 121
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Interrupts. String and Stack Operations.
4. Cache and Main Memory
Types of Memory, The Memory Hierarchy, Cache Memory, Virtual
Memory, A Real-World Example of Memory Management.
Lab Work: Moving data from Main Memory to Cache and Registers and
vice versa. Using Procedures and Parameter Passing.
3 12
5. Input/ Output and Storage Systems
Amdahl’s Law, I/O Architectures (I/O Control Methods, I/O Bus Operation,
Interrupt-Driven I/O), Magnetic Disk Technology, Optical Disks, Magnetic
Tape, RAID, Data Compression.
Lab Work: Input/ Output using Assembly and Performing more Arithmetic
and Logic Operations.
4 16
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60
Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
browsing the websites that are concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related
topics worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work
hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 122
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Understand the major blocks of a computing system and
how they interact to perform a specific task.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Express an understanding of the development and
evolution of computers over time.
1.3 Understand how information is represented and stored in a
computer and how it is processed.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Show an understanding of how different functions of a
computer are performed using different sub-components.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Writing assembly programs for different application.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and
internet.
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using
appropriate scientific language.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems,
and use computers.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather
information about a selected topic.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups, and
communicate with each other and with me electronically, and
periodically visit the sites I recommended.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ........................N/A................................ .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 123
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3 Presentation, class activities, and group
discussion Every week 5%
4 Homework assignments After Every
chapter 5%
5 Practical exam 15 20%
6 Final written exam 16 40%
7 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
4. six office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
5. The contact with students by e-mail, mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Linda Null, Julia Lobur, “The essentials of computer organization and
architecture”, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc., 2012
2. List Essential References Materials :
William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for
Performance, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012.
Kip Irvine, Assembly Language for x86 Processors, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall,
March 2014.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
None
4. List Electronic Materials :
https://www.coursera.org/.
5. Other learning material :
Videos and presentations made available on D2L e-Learning platform.
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 124
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Class Rooms
Computer Labs
Library
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
Computing machines
3. Other resources None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during class work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to solicit their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the
course.
Guidelines about teaching the course provided by the study plans commission.
Department guidelines pertaining the faculty member’s performance acquired using
direct observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Instructors of the course working together with Head of Department to adopt a unique
process of the evaluation.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course effectiveness
and planning for improvement :
Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 125
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules
Commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is up-to-date
with the developments in the field.
Make use of statistical analysis of course evaluation carried out by the students to
improve and develop the course.
Provide an opportunity to the students to express their opinions about what is taught
and receive suggestions and evaluate their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head
Name : Dr. Hammad Quraishi Name : Ass. Prof. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature :
Date : 23 / 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 126
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Database
CSI-314
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 127
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 1- Course title : Database Course Code: CSI-314
2. Credit hours : 3hr
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the
course:
Dr. Yaser Abdalla
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 3rd
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Programming 1 (CSI 211)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : .............................................................
9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply) A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The main objective of this course is to provide students with the theoretical
background and practical experience relating to the design and implementation of
relational databases. The main objectives of the course are:
1. Learn the fundamental database concepts and systems methodologies to design
database systems. (10%)
2. Understand data modeling using ER Model and EER Model and the mappings
to relational model (25%)
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 128
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Understand relational database model and database creation using the specified
DBMS in DB lab (25%)
4. Understand Relational Algebra and Structured Query Language (25%)
5. Understand functional dependencies and database normalization (15%)
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
1. Awareness of career opportunities in computer organizations by Building a
complete database system suitable to Saudi companies.
2. Use ADO asp.net to build database.
3. Using MySql with apache server
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Databases and Database Users (Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, 6) 1 3
Database System Concepts and Architecture (Sections 1, 2, 3, 5, 6) 2 6
Data Modeling Using the Entity-Relationship Model (Sections 1-7) 2 6
The Relational Data Model and Relational Database Constraints 2 6
ER-to-Relational Mappings 2 6
The Relational Algebra (Sections 1-5) 2 6
SQL - The Relational Database Standard (Sections 1-6) 2 6
Functional Dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases 1 3
Databases and Database Users (Sections 1, 2, 4, 5, 6)
1 3
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 129
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Credit 30 - 15 - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Be able to discuss/ explain the importance of database systems. Developing basic
communication
Ability through
short and varied
situated discourse.
Lecturing
Team work
Exercises
Homework.
Group Discussion
Presentation
Mid-term exam
Final test
1.2 Be able to discuss/ explain the difference between file management and database.
1.3 Be able to design a suitable database components and environments.
1.4 Be able to formulate the major constructs of relational DB language SQL.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Employ analytical skills as appropriate during database design and manipulation process.
Problem solving
Class discussion
Presentation
Individual
meeting with
the instructor
(encouraging
students to
discuss different
topics outside
the classroom)
Class
Participation
Presentation
Essay Questions
Research topics
2.2 Design and implement practical database system. In particular, be able to discuss, explain, apply the relational model and mappings from conceptual designs to particular normalizations.
2.3 Identify a range of DB-solutions and critically evaluate them and justify proposed design and development solutions.
2.4 Analyze a wide range of database design issues and provide solutions through suitable design, structures, diagrams, and other appropriate design methods.
2.5 Be able to apply and evaluate suitable database security and integrity levels.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with
students
Making
students aware
about time
Respecting
deadlines.
Showing active
class
participation.
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and
internet.
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 130
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
appropriate scientific language management in
completing their
assignments.
Counsel
students how to
make a good
presentation in
Database and
DBMS
Encourage
students to help
each other.
Helping other
students to
understand
tasks in the
class.
Giving clear
and logical
arguments
Performing
seriously on
midterms and
final exams
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems,
and use computers. Exercises
Problem solving
oral quizzes
Essay questions
Encourage students
to Implement a real
world computer DB
information system.
Write reports
Exercises
related to
specific topics
4.2 Illustrate and use the (DBMSs) effectively..
4.3 Discus questions during the lecture, work in groups,
communicate with each other and with me electronically, and
periodically visit the sites I recommended.
4.4 Students use information technology in the classroom
5.0 Psychomotor: (N/A)
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After Every
chapter
10%
5
Implementation of selected topics Every two
weeks
10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 131
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
7
Total
100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamentals of DATABASE
SYSTEMS, 6th edition, Pearson/Addison Wesley, Published Date: Dec 1, 2009
2. List Essential References Materials :
Jeffrey A. Hoffer, Mary Prescott, Fred McFadden, Modern Database Systems,
7th Ed., Prentice Hall
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Date, CJ, An introduction to database systems, 8th edn, Pearson/Addison-Wesley, Boston
2004.
Ramakrishnan, R & Gehrke, J 2003, Database management systems, 3rd edn, McGraw-
Hill, Boston 4. List Electronic Materials :
http://www.aw-bc.com/elmasri
5. Other learning material :
Oracle database , MS- Access
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az-Zulfi.
2. Computing resources
Education console
Smart Board
3. Other resources
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 132
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
None.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) fiiled by the students and it is electronically
organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Discussion among the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of teaching methods.
Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.
Training courses.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
It is planned to:‐ Check marking of a sample of student work by an independent faculty
member.
Exchange periodically, and remark a sample of assignments with a faculty
members from one of the distinguished institute.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Assessment and evaluation of the level of achieving the course outcomes
through a continuous improvement process (part of a quality assurance system
established by the university)
Consequently, actions are to be taken to improve the course delivery when
necessary.
Review of course objectives, outcomes and curriculum at about 2 years span
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 133
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 134
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Linear Algebra and Differential
Equations
MATH 310
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 135
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Linear Algebra and
differential equations Course Code: MATH 310
2. Credit hours : 4 (3+0+2)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Department of Computer Science
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Kamal Nazmi
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 5
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : MATH 220
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : ............................NO .................................
9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 90 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? ……. %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? 1. Offers a range of ways for the students to develop their skills and knowledge.
2. Introduces several specialized areas of mathematics and its applications.
3. Enables the students to examine how the principal results are related to real-world
problems.
4. Operate and manipulate matrices and determinants; and solve systems of linear equations
using matrices and determinants
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1- Access to research and recent studies related topics and benefit from
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 136
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2- Establishment of workshops within the department
3-Cooprate with other educational institutions to find how they deal with the subject.
4- Re- new the course references frequently.
5-Frequently check the latest discovery in science to improve the course objectives.
6- The course needs the use of computers.
7- Posting some course material on the websites to help the students.
8- Focusing on generic skills.
.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1- System of linear equations , Matrices , Determinants,
inverse of a matrix
3 15
2- Linear dependence and independence of vectors , Rank of a
set of vectors
3- Rank of a matrix , Abstract and geometric representation
of vectors
3 15
4- Scalar/Inner product, Vectorial Product, The Gram-
Shmiditt Process , The Eigen
5- Value Problem , the Eigen Vectors, Caley_Hamilton
theorem and its Applications
3 15
6- Differential Equations: Basic Concepts: First Order Differential Equations
7- Homogeneous & Exact , integrating factor , reducible to
linear (Bernoulli
2 10
8- High Order and First Degree Differential Equations (With constant coefficients)
9- Independent Solutions and the Wronskian, D-operator & Inverse D-operator
2 10
10- Method of undetermined coefficients, high order differential equations
11- Shift rule and its application
2 10
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 137
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 50 25 75
Credit 3 2 5
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 6
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 a) Solving the system of linear equations using
matrices
b) Recognize the matrices and operation on them, To
find the inverse of matrix
c) Recognize the vectors and the scalar and vector
products d) Knowledge The Eigen Value Problem , the Eigen
Vectors
e) Solving linear differential equations
Start each chapter by
general idea and the
benefit of it.
Demonstrate the course
information and principles
through lectures.
Exams
Midterms
Final examination.
1.2 Outline the logical thinking.
Provide main ways to deal
with the exercises.
Home work.
1.3 State the physical problems by mathematical method. Solve some examples
during the lecture.
Continuous
discussions with the
students during the
lectures.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 The students will explain and
interpret a general knowledge of
Linear Algebra.
Encourage the student to look
for some complicated problems
Midterm exams
Quizzes.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 138
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
in the different references.
2.2 Enable students to analyses the
mathematical problems.
Ask the student to attend
lectures for practice solving
problem.
Doing homework.
Check the problems solution.
2.3 Student's ability to write physical
equations in a correct
mathematical way.
Homework assignments. Discussion of how to simplify
or analyses some problems.
2.4 .............................................. .................. ..................
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 The student should
illustrate how take up
responsibility.
Ask the students to search the internet
and use the library.
Encourage them how to attend
lectures regularly by assigning
marks for attendance.
Quizzes of some previous
lectures.
Ask the absent students about
last lecture.
3.2 Must be shown the ability
of working independently
and with groups.
Teach them how to cover missed
lectures.
Give students tasks of duties
Discussion during the lecture.
3.3 The student should
illustrate how take up
responsibility.
Ask the students to search the internet
and use the library.
Encourage them how to attend
lectures regularly by assigning
marks for attendance.
Quizzes of some previous
lectures.
Ask the absent students about
last lecture.
3.4 ..................
3.5 ....................................
.................................
.................. ..................
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 The student should illustrate
how to communicating with:
Peers, Lecturers and
Community.
Creating working groups with
peers to collectively prepare:
solving problems and search the
internet for some topics.
Discussing a group work sheets.
4.2 The student should interpret
how to Know the basic
mathematical principles using
the internet.
Give the students tasks to
measure their: mathematical
skills, computational analysis
and problem solving.
Discuses with them the results
of computations analysis and
problem solutions.
4.3 The student should appraise
how to Use the computer skills
Encourage the student to ask for
help if needed.
Give homework's to know how
the student understands the
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 139
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
and library. numerical skills.
4.4 The student should illustrate
how to Search the internet and
using software programs to deal
with problems.
Encourage the student to ask
good question to help solve the
problem.
Give them comments on some
resulting numbers.
4.5 ............................................
.........................
.................. ..................
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
5.5 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Midterm 1 5th
week 20 %
2
Midterm 2 10th
week 20 %
3
Homework + reports During the
semester
20 %
5 Total. ................ 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
1- 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
2- The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks - Applied Linear Algebra by Peter J. Oliver , Prentice Hall , (2006)
2. List Essential References Materials :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 140
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2- Differential Equations with Boundary Value Problems by James R. Brannan, John Wiley
& Sons , (2010)
Mathematical Techniques: An Introduction for the Engineering, Physical, and mathematical Sciences , by D. W. Jordan , Oxford University Press , (2002)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Same as mention above
.................... .........................................
............................................................
4. List Electronic Materials :
amazon web site
5. Other learning material
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
- The size of the hall must be proportionate to the number of students etc.)
- Provide enough seats for students
2. Computing resources
4- Hall is equipped with a computer
5- Provide a display projectors and peripherals
6- Smart board and accessories
3. Other resources
.................NO ................
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Student evaluation electronically organized by the University.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : 2- Review internal and external developmental 3- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through
questionnaires
4- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through questionnaires
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 141
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5- The colleagues who teach the same course discuss together to evaluate their teaching
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : - Developing capabilities professor course through training programs.
- Careful teaching aids scheduled
- The new follow-up, which was linked to the decision or effective ways of teaching
- Create the right atmosphere for the study
- Material and moral incentives
- Lecture developmental audit, or workshop lesson Model.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic
exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
The instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of evaluation
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement 1-The following points may help to get the course effectiveness:
* Student evaluation.
* Course report.
* Program report.
* Program self-study.
2- According to point 1 the plan of improvement should be given
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Kamal Nazmi Name : Prof: Adel Zaki Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 142
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 6
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI 312 3 2 0 2 Design & Analysis of Algorithms CSI 321
CSI 224 3 0 2 2 Computer Networks CSI 322
CSI 313 3 0 1 3 Computer Architecture CSI 323
CSI 314 3 0 4 1 Advanced Database CSI 324
CSI 221 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 1 CSI 325
MATH 212 3 1 0 3 Probability & Statistics STAT 320
18 Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 143
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
CSI 321
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 144
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Design and Analysis of
Algorithms Course Code: CSI-321
2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Exercise)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information Program
4 – Course Language : English
16. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
Dr. Hassan Aly
17. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) :
Data Structures (CSI 312)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) :
N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus :
College of Science at AzZulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …….%
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors worldwide. They illustrate
the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? Algorithms are fundamental to computer science and software engineering. The real-world
performance of any software system depends on two things: (1) the algorithms chosen, and (2)
the suitability and efficiency of the various layers of implementation. Good algorithm design is
therefore crucial for the performance of all software systems. Moreover, the study of algorithms
provides insight into the intrinsic nature of a problem as well as possible solution techniques
independent of programming languages, programming paradigms, computer hardware, and other
implementation aspects.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 145
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
The purpose of this course is to
1. provide students with the ability to select algorithms appropriate to a particular purpose and
to apply them recognizing the possibility that no suitable algorithm may exist.
2. acquire students with the range of algorithms that address an important set of well-defined
problems, recognizing their strengths and weaknesses, and their suitability in particular
contexts.
3. introduce students to a new range of paradigms and techniques to design algorithms and to
solve problems.
4. enable students to be efficient in their work.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
18. Using group discussion using internet with course attending students.
19. Updating the course materials to include the new topics in the field.
20. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the algorithms that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
11. Basic Definitions: Definition of an algorithm, Time and space
tradeoffs in algorithms, Algorithms strategies,
Asymptotic analysis of upper and average complexity bounds,
Identifying differences among best, average and worst case
behaviors, Big oh, omega, and theta notations.
2 8
12. Solving Recursions: Using recurrence relations to analyze
recursive algorithms, Substitution method, Recursion-tree method,
Master theorem method. 2 8
13. O(n2) Sorting Algorithms. Insertion, Selection, Bubble sort.
2 8
14. Divide and Conquer Paradigm: Elements of the divide and
conquer technique, Merge sort, and Quick sort.
2 8
15. Searching Algorithms. Linear and Binary search.
1 4
16. Graph Algorithms: Representation of graphs (adjacency list,
adjacency matrix), Depth- and Breadth-first traversals. Minimum
spanning tree ( Kruskal’s and Prim’s algorithms). Dijkstra’s
algorithm.
3 12
17. Advanced data structures: Binary search tree. 1 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 146
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
18. Dynamic Programming Paradigm: Elements of dynamic
programming, Matrix chain algorithm.
1 4
19. Greedy Algorithms Paradigm: Elements of greedy algorithm,
optimal binary search tree.
1 4
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 30 - - - 60
Credit 30 15 - - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hours
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
Reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
Implementing algorithms using C++ ,
Browsing the websites related to the course,
Solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
Watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 147
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the role of algorithms relative to other technologies
used in computer science.
Lectures,
Lab
demonstrations,
Case studies,
Individual
presentations
Written Exam,
Homework
assignments,
Lab assignments,
Class Activities,
Quizzes
1.2 Name the key algorithmic design paradigms including Brute
force, Divide and conquer, Decrease and conquer, Transform
and conquer, Greedy Algorithms, Dynamic programming.
1.3 Define the language, notation, and concepts of algorithmic
design.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Predict the resources that the algorithm requires. Lectures,
Lab
demonstrations,
Case studies,
Individual
presentations,
Brainstorming
Written Exam,
Homework
,assignments,
Lab assignments,
Class Activities,
Quizzes,
Observations
2.2 Develop, analyze and compare existing algorithms for a wide
variety of problems including sorting, searching, graphs, and
binary search tree.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Justify and analyze algorithmic tradeoffs: time vs. space,
deterministic vs. randomized, and exact vs. approximate.
Small group
discussions,
Whole group
discussions,
Brainstorming,
Presentations
Written Exam,
Homework
assignments,
Lab assignments,
Class Activities,
Quizzes
3.2 Write efficient algorithms of certain selected problems.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Work cooperatively in a small group environment. Small group
discussions,
Whole group
discussions,
Brainstorming
Presentation
Observations,
Homework
assignments,
Lab assignments.
Class Activities
4.2 Save time and space in each task.
5.0 Psychomotor
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 148
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After each
chapter
10%
5
Implementation of presented algorithms Every two
weeks
10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total
100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1
Email: [email protected]
Mobile: 0538231332
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest, and Clifford Stein, Introduction to
Algorithms, Third Edition. MIT Press, 2009
2. List Essential References Materials :
Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Divid Mount, Data Structures and
Algorithms in C++, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 2011.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 149
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design &
Analysis, Third Edition, 2000.
,
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Journal of Algorithms.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://mitpress.mit.edu/catalog/item/default.asp?ttype=2&tid=3440
http://www-rohan.sdsu.edu/faculty/baase/algortext.html#slideshttp:
//en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genetic_disorders
5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classroom and Labe available at College of science in Zulfi.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and electronically organized by the
university.
Student-faculty and management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 150
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.
Training courses.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Hassan Aly Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 151
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Computer Networks
CSI 322
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 152
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Computer Networks Course Code: CSI 322
2. Credit hours : ( 3 Credit Hours ) (2 Lecture+2 Laboratory)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yaser Abdalla
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th
Level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 313
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at Az Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course contents are covered through the video lectures of other instructors available
online. They pertain to the same topics that I discuss in my lectures but with a different presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
The goal of this course is to introduce computer networks, and discuss the three main aspects of
networking i.e. architecture, algorithms, and implementation with focus on performance. Topics
include:
•Introduction: overview of computer networks
•Fundamentals of data transmission: wired/wireless media, digital vs. analog transmission, data
coding.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 153
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
•Multi-user communication and multiplexing
•LAN technology and data link protocols: point-to-point links and sliding window flow control,
Ethernet and CSMA/CD, switched and carrier Ethernet, Wireless LAN and CSMA/CA, cellular
networks and advanced multi-user communication
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 21. Encouraging using modern technology in presenting teaching course
22. Updating the study material of the course in order to incorporate the new research in the
field.
23. Use online resources and animations to help students to enhance knowledge about the topics
that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Introduction to Switching Methods, Network Services, Layered Protocol
Architecture 2 8
Physical Layer: Transmission Media, Modulation, Encoding 1 4
Data Link Layer: Framing, Error Detection and Correction, ARQ Protocols,
Data Link Layer Protocols 2 8
Local Area Networks: Multiple Access Protocols, Local Network
Topologies, LAN protocols (CSMA/CD, Token Bus, Token Ring) 3 12
Network Layer: Packet Switching, Routing Algorithms, Traffic Control 2 8
TCP/IP Networking: Internet Protocols, Address Resolution, Name
Resolution, IP, Transport Protocols: UDP and TCP 3 12
Application Layer: HTTP server, World-Wide-Web 2 8
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 154
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 hours
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
browsing the websites concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the online video lectures of other instructors who have presented related
topics worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours.
24. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning
and Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Understand the main abstract concepts related to
the layered communication architecture
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes 1.2 Students will develop an understanding of the core
concepts of computer network and network
protocols such as OSI and TCP/IP
1.3 Explain the technology infrastructure and network
requirements for local LAN.
1.4 Understand the legal, ethical, and managerial
requirements of internet usage
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Select, configure, and operate the principal
components of Internet and network infrastructure
and tools, safely and effectively;
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes 2.2 Implement computer network infrastructures.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 155
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
2.3 Developing strong technical skills in combination
with the of network management.
presentations
Brainstorming
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library
and internet.
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally
using appropriate scientific language.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers. Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes 4.2
Use Information technology and computer skills to
gather information about a selected topic.
4.3
Ask questions during the lecture, learn to work in
groups, and communicate with each other and with
the teacher through email. Also periodically visit
the sites recommended.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ................................N/A..................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week
Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 20%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 156
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 20%
3
Presentation, class activities, lab activity, and group
discussion
Every
week 10%
4
Homework assignments
After
every
chapter
10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual
student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching
staff are expected to be available each week)
6. A total of 6 office hours per week in the lecturer schedule in order to facilitate
the student.
7. Contacting students using e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Computer Networks 5th Ed. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2010
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 157
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. List Essential References Materials :
Data and Computer Communication 9th Ed., William Stallings. Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2011.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
4. List Electronic Materials :
https://www.coursera.org/
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentations that are available with the instructor
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Classrooms and, Library, as those are available at the college of science at
AzZulfi
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during class work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 158
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of
the course.
Guidelines pertaining the teaching of the course provided by the study plans
commission.
Department Guidelines pertaining the performance of the faculty by direct
observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing instructor's assessment strategy
Designing assessments which allow students to demonstrate their achievement
of the learning outcomes
Common assessment tasks
Assessing group work
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules
commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept
up with developments in the field.
Make use of the statistical results of course evaluation made by students to
improve and develop the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is
taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 159
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 160
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Computer Architecture
(CSI 323)
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 161
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
18. 1 - Course
title :
Computer Architecture Course Code: (CSI 323)
2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (3 lecture + 1 lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information
Program
4 – Course Language : English
19. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the
course:
Dr.Loai Bani Melhim
20. 6 - Level/year at which this course is
offered :
4th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 313
Computer Organization and Assembly Language
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : none N/ A
9 - Location if not on main campus : (College of Science at Az Zulfi)
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments : One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors
worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different
presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? This course provides students with basic knowledge in: Fundamentals of computer design,
Performance evaluation, Instruction set principles, Processor organization and design, Pipelining,
Instruction and arithmetic pipelines, Dynamic and speculative execution, Precise exception, CISC,
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 162
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
RISC, and VLIW processors, Memory Hierarchy, Virtual memory, Multilevel caches, Storage and
I/O, Introduction to Multicore, multiprocessors, and clusters, New trends in computer architecture.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 25. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the methods and practices that are
presented in the course.
26. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so these
examinations can be used as a method of learning..
27. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
28. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
29. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction (Computer Abstractions and Technology) 1 4
2. Instruction Set Architecture 2 8
3. Arithmetic for Computers 1 4
4. Assessing and Understanding Performance 1 4
5. Processor Design 1 4
6. Memory Hierarchy and Operation 2 8
7. Multiprocessor Systems 2 8
8. Graphics and Computing GPUs 2 8
9. Assemblers, Linkers, and the SPIM Simulator 2 8
10. A Survey of RISC Architectures for Desktop Server, and Embedded
Computers 1 4
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 163
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Credit 30 - 15 - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
Before the lectures start students are required to study some topics on their own.
Before the lectures start students are required to study some topics on their own. The topics are
straightforward and shouldn’t require too much effort. . There are some simple exercises at the end
of the notes for you to try.
The topics cover:
Unsigned Integer Representation – student should be able to perform radix conversion between
decimal, binary and hexadecimal (base 16). student should be able to perform the four basic
arithmetic operations on positive numbers in binary.
Signed Integer Representation – student should be able to represent signed decimal integers in
two’s complement, sign-and-magnitude, excess/bias and BCD. student should be able to add and
subtract two’s complement numbers and recognise overflows.
Character Representation – student should understand how computers represent characters and
know of the ASCII and Unicode character sets.
This course is targeted at senior-level undergraduates and first-year graduate students.
Students should have a good working understanding of digital logic, basic processor design
and organization, pipelining, and simple cache design.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 164
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in continuing
professional development.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Team work
Exercises
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Define and integrate the operation of constituent parts of a
computer.
1.3
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Investigating modern design structures of Pipelined and
Multiprocessors systems.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Analyze a range of architectural and technological concepts
for computer operation.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Become acquainted with recent computer architectures and
I/O devices, as well as the low-level language required to
drive/manage these types of advanced hardware.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 165
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.1 Apply advanced numerical methods. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 5%
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 5%
5
Final lab exam 15 20%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 1-3, Mon. 10-1, Wed. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 10-12 and Wed 10-12
Email: [email protected]
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 166
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for Performance, 9th
Edition, Prentice Hall, 2012. 2. List Essential References Materials :
M. Morris Mano, Computer System Architecture, 2nd Custom Edition, Pearson, 2005.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Computer Architecture, Fifth Edition: A Quantitative Approach (The Morgan Kaufmann
Series in Computer Architecture and Design) (5th Edition), 2011. John L. Hennessy and
David A. Patterson
Modern Processor Design: Fundamentals of Superscalar Processors (Waveland Press) (1st
Edition), 2005, reissued 2013. John P. Shen and Mikko H. Lipasti
4. List Electronic Materials : http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp
https://www.coursera.org/
5. Other learning material : Video and presentations that available with the instructor
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Laboratories, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the
university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 167
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Program Out learning with course out learning
Out learning from the pre-requisite course
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr.Loai Bani Melhim Name : Asoc.Prof.YOSRY
AZAAM
Signature : Signature : ..........................
Date : 23/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 168
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Advanced Database
CSI 324
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 169
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Advanced Database Course Code: CSI 324
2. Credit hours : 3 credit (1 lecture + 4 Laboratory)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information
Program
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Ahmed Shehata
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Database (CSI 314))
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at Az Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 5 %
D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read the course
book, solve problems in their homes, and do experimental work using some dedicated SW programs that
simulate the real HW kits.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? This course introduces the concepts and principles of database management systems (DBMS). It
focuses on terminology and fundamental concepts of relational databases and database management
systems. Students will learn SQL and PL/SQL including, triggers and transaction processing. They
will understand performance issues and optimization strategies through query rewriting, secondary
storage characteristics, and access strategies.
Major topics include:
Transaction management,
Recovery, concurrency control.
PL/SQL Programming,
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 170
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Parallel Databases, Distributed Databases
File organization and access,
Performance analysis and storage management.
Database system architecture, Query processing and optimization, Reliability, protection, and
integrity.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1. Group discussion
2. Explore Oracle 10g programming.
3. Motivate students to design and develop databases using Oracle 10g programming.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Concepts and principles of database management systems (DBMS) 1 5
Fundamental concepts of relational databases and database management
systems 1 5
SQL, PL/SQL Programming, 4 20
Transaction management, 2 10
Introduction to Query Processing and Query Optimization Techniques 2 10
Recovery, concurrency control. 1 5
Introduction to Protocols for Concurrency Control in Databases 1 5
Parallel Databases, Distributed Databases 1 5
Database system architecture, Query processing and optimization,
Reliability, protection, and integrity. 1 5
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 15 60 - - 75
Credit 15 30 - - 45
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 171
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 6 Hours
The private self-study of my students is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 75 + 6 * 15 = 165 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Describe advanced database concepts. Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations.
Written Exam. Home works. Assignments Lab assignments. Class Activities.
Quizzes.
1.2 Define the concept of transactions and describe fundamental
transaction processing, concurrency and recovery control issues
associated with database management systems.
1.3 Design and implement complex databases schemas using ER
diagrams, normalization, integrity constraints, and advanced
database system features such as stored procedures and triggers.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Use PL/SQL programming with DBMS Lectures. Lab demonstrations. Case studies. Individual presentations. Brainstorming.
Written Exam. Home works. Assignments. Lab assignments. Class Activities. Quizzes.
2.2 Students will be able to reason about and apply SQL queries.
2.3 Retrieve information from a database using Structured Query
Language (SQL).
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 172
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
3.0 Understand the basic concept of transactions, the importance of transactions and how
transactions are managed in a database.
3.1 Develop database applications using database client APIs
such as embedded SQL, ODBC, and JDBC.
Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming. Presentations.
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments. Class Activities. Quizzes.
3.2 Describe basic concepts regarding database security and
authorization.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Gain experience with the use of a commercial relational database
product. Small group discussions. Whole group discussions. Brainstorming. Presentations.
Written Exam. Home works. Assignments. Lab assignments. Class Activities. Quizzes.
4.2
4.3
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10 %
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 173
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 10 %
5
Practical exam 15 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total
100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Database System Concepts (6th
Edition) by Silberschatz, Korth and Sudarshan, McGraw Hill,
2010. ISBN-13: 978-0073523323 2. List Essential References Materials : Oracle Database 11g & MySQL 5.6 Developer Handbook, by Michael McLaughlin, McGraw
Hill, 2012. ISBN: 978-0-07-176885-6 3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Silberschatz, Korth, and Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, 5th edition , 2005, McGraw-Hill.
4. List Electronic Materials : http://databases.about.com/
http://searchdatabase.techtarget.com/
http://database.ittoolbox.com/
http://www.athree.com/db_basics/index.html
5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Classrooms for lectures which are featured to traditional education, e-learning, and equipped with a computer,
display device, data show screen, ordinary blackboard, smart board, integrated sound system, proper lighting
system, and proper conditioning system.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 174
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Other resources N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Analysisofstudents’results.
- Observation during work.
- Students’evaluations.
- Colleagues’evaluations.
- Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
- Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : - Self-assessment.
- External evaluation.
- Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : - Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the course.
- Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.
- Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of direct observation.
- Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process. 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Comparison Graphs to indicate student achievements in comparison to other departments.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : - Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
- Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
- Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules Commission.
- Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with developments in
the field.
- Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop the course.
- Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive
suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Ahmed Shehata Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam
Signature : Ahmed Shehata Signature :
.
ate : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 175
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Software Engineering 1
(CSI-325)
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 176
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Software Engineering 1 Course Code: CSI-325
2. Credit hours : 3 credit hour (2 lecture + 2 Exercise)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information Program
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Zeiad El-Saghir
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 6th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Programming 2 (CSI 221)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus: College of Science at Az Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read the course
book, solve problems in their homes, and do experimental work using some dedicated SW programs that
simulate the real HW kits.
B. Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
This is a course on the fundamental concepts and principles that underlie current and emerging
methods, tools, and techniques for the cost-effective engineering of high-quality software systems.
Software engineering (SE) is concerned with all aspects of software development, from the early
stages of system specification to maintaining the system after it has gone into use. This includes
technical processes of software development as well as activities such as software project
management and the development of tools, methods, and theories to support software development.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 177
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
This is NOT a "programming" course; it focuses instead on surveying some of the critical aspects of
SE that may be less familiar to students of computer science, such as identifying a development
process appropriate to the circumstances, eliciting and documenting requirements, identifying
appropriate design techniques, employing effective verification and validation strategies (e.g.,
reviews and inspections, formal methods) throughout the software lifecycle.
Here are several course goals:
To help students to develop skills that will enable them to construct software of high quality
and to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.
To make students aware of key aspects of current software engineering approaches.
Elicit, analyze and specify software requirements through a productive working relationship
with project stakeholders.
To create models of software data and processes using structured modelling approaches.
To demonstrate skills of software documentation, quality assurance and evaluation, and testing
as part of software development.
Communicate effectively through oral and written reports, and software documentation
Demonstrate professionalism including continued learning and professional activities.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
30. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the methods and practices that are
presented in the course.
31. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so these
examinations can be used as a method of learning..
32. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
33. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
34. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
20. Introduction to Software Engineering:
Software Engineering principles - Professional software
development - Software Characteristics - Software Applications -
Software engineering ethics - Computer-Aided Software
2 8
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 178
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Engineering (CASE).
21. Software processes:
Software process models, process activities, Computer-Aided
Software Engineering. System Models: Using Process Models in
a Project, Project Management Process, and Software Standards.
Practical processes applications using suitable CASE tools.
3 12
22. Software Requirements Engineering:
Process of Requirements Engineering, Requirements
Documentation and review, SRS Validation, Requirements
Management. Practical requirements applications using suitable
CASE tools.
3 12
23. Software Design:
Architectural Design, Structured Design Methodology, Design
Documentation, Verification for Design. Practical design
applications using suitable CASE tools.
3 12
24. System Coding, Testing, and Maintenance:
Programming Style, Coding Internal Documentation, Structured
Programming, Code Verification, Unit Testing, Testing
Principles, Levels of Testing, Structural Testing, Functional
Testing, Test Plan, System Operation and Maintenance. Practical
coding, testing, and maintenance applications using suitable
CASE tools.
4 16
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Credit 30 - 15 - - 45
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 179
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my students is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Acquire knowledge of software engineering fundamentals
and their practical application.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Understand of best practices and standards in the field of
software engineering, including all the activities of the
software development life cycle activities and CASE tools.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Identify and analyze user needs, design, implement, develop
and evaluate computer-based systems to meet desired needs.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 180
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
3.1 Present a short report in a written form and orally using
appropriate scientific language, and use current techniques,
skills, and tools necessary for software engineering.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Work in groups and Communicate effectively with a range of
audiences.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ................................ n/a........................ .................. ..................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2 Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3 Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 5 %
4 Homework assignments After Every
chapter 5 %
5 Final Lab Exam 15 20%
6 Final written exam 16 40%
7 Total
100%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 181
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th
Ed, Addison-Wesley, 2011.
2. List Essential References Materials: Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A practitioner’s Approach, 6
th ed, McGraw-Hill
Science, 2009.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : ANNALS OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.
IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.
4. List Electronic Materials : http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp
https://www.coursera.org/
5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with the instructor.
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at Az Zulfi.
2. Computing resources Smart Board.
3. Other resources
None.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 182
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized
by the faculty member on his personal site.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Comparison Graphs to indicate student achievements in comparison to other departments.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Course evaluation.
Exam evaluation.
Improvement plan.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam
Signature : Signature :
.
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 183
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Probability and Statistics
STAT 320
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 184
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Probability and
Statistics Course Code: STAT 320
2. Credit hours : 3 (3+0+1)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Department of Computer Science
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Kamal Nazmi
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 6
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : MATH 220
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : ............................NO.................................
9 - Location if not on main campus : (............................................................. )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? 5 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …5…. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? 1. Offers a range of ways for the students to develop their skills and knowledge.
2. Introduces several specialized areas of Statistics and its applications.
3. Enables the students to examine how the principal results are related to real-world
problems.
4. Thinking for decision and analysis probability and Statistics; and using the Statistical
hypothesis testing
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1- Access to research and recent studies related topics and benefit from
2- Establishment of workshops within the department
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 185
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3-Cooprate with other educational institutions to find how they deal with the subject.
4- Re- new the course references frequently.
5-Frequently check the latest discovery in science to improve the course objectives.
6- The course needs the use of computers.
7- Posting some course material on the websites to help the students.
8- Focusing on generic skills.
.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours 1- Introduction and Data collection, Types of Data and Their Sources, Types
of Sampling Methods, Some important Definitions
1 3
2- Presenting Data in Tables and Charts, Organizing Numerical Data, The
Ordered Array and Stem-Leaf Display
1 3
3- Numerical Descriptive Measures, Measures of Central Tendency, Quartiles,
Measures of Variation, Shape, The Empirical Rule
1 3
4- Simple Linear Correlation and Regression, The Scatterplot, 1 3
5- Basic Probability, Sample spaces and events, Simple Probability, 1 3
6- Joint Probability, Conditional Probability, Statistical independence,
Marginal Probability, Counting Rules
2 6
7- some Important Discrete Probability Distributions, The Probability of
a Discrete Random Variable, Binomial Distribution
2 6
8- The Normal Distribution, The Standardized Normal Distribution 2 6
9- Sampling Distributions, Sampling Distribution of the Mean, The
Central Limit Theorem
2 6
10- Confidence Interval Estimation, Point Estimates, Interval Estimates,
Confidence Interval Estimation forthe Mean (Variance Known), Factors
Affecting the Width of Confidence Interval, Determining Sample Size.
2 6
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 186
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 15 45
Credit 2 1 3
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. ....3.......
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.
0 Knowledge
1.
1
f) Learn how to collect data.
g) Present data using various graphical methods
h) Calculate and interpret numerical summaries
i) Use and apply laws of probability and learn
how these laws are used in statistical inference.
j) Use the concepts of sampling distributions and
learn how it applies in making statistical
inferences be based on sample of data
k) Be familiar with some important discrete and
continuous distributions.
l) Make appropriate use of statistical inference
Start each chapter by
general idea and the
benefit of it.
Demonstrate the course
information and principles
through lectures.
Exams
Midterms
Final examination.
1.
2
Outline the logical thinking.
Provide main ways to deal
with the exercises.
Home work.
1.
3
State the physical problems by Statistical method. Solve some examples
during the lecture.
Continuous
discussions with the
students during the
lectures.
2. Cognitive Skills
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 187
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
0
2.
1
The students will explain and
interpret a general knowledge of
Probability.
Encourage the student to look
for some complicated problems
in the different references.
Midterm exams
Quizzes.
2.
2
Enable students to analyses the
Statistical problems.
Ask the student to attend
lectures for practice solving
problem.
Doing homework.
Check the problems solution.
2.
3
Student's ability to write physical
equations in a correct Statistical
way.
Homework assignments. Discussion of how to simplify
or analyses some problems.
3.
0
Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.
1
The student should
illustrate how take up
responsibility.
Ask the students to search the internet
and use the library.
Encourage them how to attend
lectures regularly by assigning
marks for attendance.
Quizzes of some previous
lectures.
Ask the absent students about
last lecture.
3.
2
Must be shown the ability of
working independently and
with groups.
Teach them how to cover missed
lectures.
Give students tasks of duties
Discussion during the lecture.
3.
3
The student should
illustrate how take up
responsibility.
Ask the students to search the internet
and use the library.
Encourage them how to attend
lectures regularly by assigning
marks for attendance.
Quizzes of some previous
lectures.
Ask the absent students about
last lecture.
3.
4
..................
4.
0
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.
1
The student should illustrate how
to communicating with: Peers,
Lecturers and Community.
Creating working groups with
peers to collectively prepare:
solving problems and search the
internet for some topics.
Discussing a group work sheets.
4.
2
The student should interpret how
to Know the basic mathematical
principles using the internet.
Give the students tasks to
measure their: mathematical
skills, computational analysis
Discuses with them the results
of computations analysis and
problem solutions.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 188
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
and problem solving.
4.
3
The student should appraise how
to Use the computer skills and
library.
Encourage the student to ask for
help if needed.
Give homework's to know how
the student understands the
numerical skills.
4.
4
The student should illustrate how
to Search the internet and using
software programs to deal with
problems.
Encourage the student to ask
good question to help solve the
problem.
Give them comments on some
resulting numbers.
5.
0
Psychomotor
5.
1
Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Midterm 1 5th
week 20 %
2
Midterm 2 10th
week 20 %
3
Homework + reports During the
semester
20 %
4
Final exam End of semester 40 %
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
3- 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
4- The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks ProbabilityandStatisticsforEngineersandScientists”9edition- Author's Name: Ronald E.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 189
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying E. Ye , 2011
2. List Essential References Materials : Introduction to Probability and Statistics, William Mendenhall-2008 3. “AppliedStatisticsandProbabilityforEngineers”,5edition(March03,0212). Douglas C.
Montgomery and, George C. Wiley- 2012
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Same as mention above
.............................................................
............................................................
4. List Electronic Materials :
amazon web site
5. Other learning material
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
- The size of the hall must be proportionate to the number of students etc.)
- Provide enough seats for students
2. Computing resources 7- Hall is equipped with a computer
8- Provide a display projectors and peripherals
9- Smart board and accessories
3. Other resources: No
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
- Student evaluation electronically organized by the University.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : 6- Review internal and external developmental 7- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through
questionnaires
8- Student Assessment of the performance of a professor scheduled through questionnaires
9- The colleagues who teach the same course discuss together to evaluate their teaching
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 190
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
- Developing capabilities professor course through training programs. - Careful teaching aids scheduled
- The new follow-up, which was linked to the decision or effective ways of teaching
- Create the right atmosphere for the study
- Material and moral incentives
- Lecture developmental audit, or workshop lesson Model.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement (e.g. check marking by an independent member teaching staff of a sample of student work, periodic
exchange and remarking of tests or a sample of assignments with staff at another institution)
The instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of evaluation
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement 1-The following points may help to get the course effectiveness:
* Student evaluation.
* Course report.
* Program report.
* Program self-study.
2- According to point 1 the plan of improvement should be given
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Kamal Nazmi Name : Prof: Adel Zaki Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 191
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 7
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI 321 3 0 2 2 Artificial Intelligence CSI 411
CSI 313 3 0 2 2 Operating Systems CSI 412
CSI 222 3 0 2 2 Compiler Design CSI 413
*** 3 * * * Elective Course 1 ***
-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Arabic Course ARAB ***
-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 2 ISL***
72 Cr. Hrs 1 0 0 1 Summer Training CSI 400
17 Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 192
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Artificial Intelligent
CSI 411
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 193
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Artificial Intelligence Course Code: (CSI 411)
2. Credit hours : 3(2 lectures + 2 labs)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information
Program
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Mahdi Jemmali
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 7th
level – 2014/2015
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI321
Design and Analysis of Algorithms
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : none N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus: (College of Science at AzZulfi)
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other √ What percentage? 5 %
Comments : One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors
worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The course provides an introduction to the types of problems and techniques in Artificial
Intelligence. Problem-Solving methods and major structures used in Artificial Intelligence programs,
constraint satisfaction problems.
Study of knowledge representation techniques such as predicate logic, non-monotonic logic, and
probabilistic reasoning. Application areas of AI such as game playing, expert systems, Machine
learning and natural language processing.
Project: cover some course areas using a logic programming tool (Prolog language for example).
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 194
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
being implemented : 35. Provide an introduction to Artificial Intelligence programming by exploring Common Lisp
and Prolog languages.
36. Updating the study material of the course in order to incorporate the new research in the
field.
37. Use online resources and animations to help students to enhance knowledge about the topics
that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction 1 3
2. Intelligent Agents 2 6
3. Logical Agents 2 6
4. First-Order Logic 2 6
5. Inference in First-Order Logic 2 6
6. Prolog programming 2 6
7. Expert system 3 9
8. Problem Solving 3 9
9. Informed search methods 2 6
10. Adversarial Search 1 3
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Credit 30 - 15 - - 45
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 195
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for students
per week. 5 Hours
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
Before the lectures start students are required to study some topics on their own.
The topics cover:
Overview of AI areas of application
Structures & strategies for state space search
First-order logic
Knowledge representation
Research methods
Expert system development and AI programming
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work hours
21. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Have an understanding of space search and search algorithms,
logic based knowledge representation of issues in reasoning
methods.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Team work
Exercises
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Have an understanding of the limitations of current symbolic AI
paradigm.
1.3
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Be able to select appropriate search paradigms for selected
problems
Lectures.
Lab
demonstrations.
Case studies.
Individual
presentations.
Brainstorming.
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Be able to design a simple agent system with its associated
ontology
2.3
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in groups and learn how to manage the time. Small group Written Exam
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 196
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
3.2 Present short report in a written form orally using an appropriate
scientific language.
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with instructor, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers.
Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather
information about a selected topic.
4.3
Ask questions during the lecture, learn to work in groups,
and communicate with the instructor. Also periodically visit
the recommended sites.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 10%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 10%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 10%
5
Practical exam 15 20%
6
Final exam 16 40%
Total 100%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 197
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 1-3, Mon. 10-1, Wed. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 10-12 and Wed 10-12
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1.List Required Textbooks :
Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach, Stuart Russell & Peter Norvig, Prentice Hall,
Published Date: Dec 1, 2009.
Logic for Artificial Intelligence & Information Technology, DOV GABBAY, 2006
2. List Essential References Materials :
George F. Luger, Artificial Intelligence: structures and strategies for complex problem
solving, Addison-Wesley; 6 edition, (March 9, 2011)
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
David Poole and Alan Mackworth, Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational
Agents, Cambridge University Press, 2010.
4. List Electronic Materials : http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105077/
http://cs.mcgill.ca/~jpineau/comp424/schedule.html
22. Other learning material : Video and presentations that available with the instructor
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Laboratories, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3.Otherresources N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during class work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 198
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training courses 4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing instructor's assessment strategy
Designing assessments which allow students to demonstrate their achievement of the
learning outcomes
Common assessment tasks
Assessing group work
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with
developments in the field.
Make use of the statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and
develop the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive
suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Mahdi Jemmali Name : Asoc.Prof.YosryAzaam
Signature : Signature : ..........................
Date : 24/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 199
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Operating Systems
CSI 412
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 200
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Operating Systems Course Code: CSI 412
2. Credit hours : 3 credit hours (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information Program
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course:
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered: 7th
level – 3
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Computer Organization and Assembly Language CIS 313
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors worldwide. They illustrate
the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a different presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
The goal of this course is to introduce Fundamental concepts of operating-systems, principles of
modern operating systems, including operating systems structures, system performance and models,
systems with multiprogramming, process and thread management, processor scheduling,
synchronization, basic concepts of deadlock, memory management, File-System Interface ,Storage
Structure ,Data Storage on Disks ,File-Systems : Fat ، Fat32 ، NTFS, Hardware Protection.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 201
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
38. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
39. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction 1 4
2. Operating System Structure 1 4
3. Processes 1 4
4. Threads 1 4
5. CPU Scheduling 2 8
6. Process Synchronization 1 4
7. Deadlocks 2 8
8. Memory Management 1 4
9. Virtual Memory 1 4
10. File System Interface and Implementation 1 4
11. I/O Systems and Mass Storage Structure 1 4
12. I/O Systems and Mass Storage Structure 1 4
13. Security and Protection 1 4
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - 30 - - 60
Credit 30 - 15 - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 202
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Computer system structures: - I/O sub-systems. - Storage hierarchy. - Discuss/explain the concepts of Hardware protection.
Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
1.2 Process management. - Discuss/explain the different techniques in Process schedule. -Tune and optimize some Operation on processes
1.3 Deadlock and CPU scheduling - Definition and Detection Algorithm. - Carefully explain the concepts of Single and multiprocessor scheduling
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Explain the core issues of cloud computing such as security, privacy, and interoperability.
Lectures Lab demonstrations Case studies Individual presentations Brainstorming
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities Quizzes
2.2 Choose the appropriate technologies, algorithms, and
approaches for the related issues.
2.3 Identify problems, and explain, analyze, and evaluate
various cloud computing solutions.
2.4 Attempt to generate new ideas and innovations in cloud
computing.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation
Written Exam Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and internet..
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using appropriate scientific language.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 203
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems, and use computers.
Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation
Observations Homework assignments Lab assignments Class Activities
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather
information about a selected topic.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in groups, and
communicate with each other and with me electronically, and
periodically visit the sites I recommended.
5.0 Psychomotor
N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After each chapter 10%
5
Practical exam 15 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Total
100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 8-10, Mon. 8-10, Tus. 1-3.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 204
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Office call: Mon. 12-1 and Tus 12-1
Email:
Mobile:
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Modern Operating Systems (third edition), Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Prentice Hall Publishers,
2007, ISBN-10: 0-13-600663-9, ISBN-13: 978-0136006633
2. List Essential References Materials : Operating System Concepts, Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne, 8th edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : None
4. List Electronic Materials :
Determines as the course is going on.
5. Other learning material : Video and presentation are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms for lectures which are featured to traditional education, e-learning, and
equipped with a computer, display device, data show screen, ordinary blackboard, smart
board, integrated sound system, proper lighting system, and proper conditioning system.
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources Non
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during work.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 205
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of the course.
Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.
Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of direct observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules Commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept up with developments
in the field.
Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve and develop the
course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is taught and receive
suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Name : ..........................
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/12 /1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 206
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Compiler Design
CSI 413
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 207
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Compiler Design Course Code: CSI 413
2. Credit hours : (3)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Naveed Ejaz
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 7th level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 222
CSI 221
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science in Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80%
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 5 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F – Other (Open Discussions) √ What percentage? 5 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The goal of this course is to introduce the design and implementation of compilers.
Topics include: compiler organization, algorithms for lexical, syntactic and semantic
analysis, top-down and bottom-up parsing (e.g., recursive descent, LL, LR, LALR
parsing), symbol table organization, error detection and recovery, intermediate and
object code generation, and code optimization. Student has to implement a compiler
for a simple high level language (like mini C) as a project .
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 208
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction to Compilers: The role of language translation in the programming process,
Comparison of interpreters and compilers, Language translation
phases, Machine dependent and machine independent aspects of
translation, Language translation as a software engineering
activity
2
6
2. Lexical Analysis: Application of regular expressions in Lexical Analysis, Scanning, hand coded scanner vs. automatically generated scanners, formal definition of tokens, implementation of finite state automata.
3
9
3. Syntax Analysis and Parsing: Revision of formal definition of grammars, BNF and EBNF,
Bottomup vs. Topdown parsing, Tabular vs.
Recursivedescent parsers, Error handling,
3
9
4. Parser Generators:
Automatic generation of tabular parsers, Symbol table
management, Use of tools in support of the translation
process
2
6
5. Semantic Analysis: Data type as set of values with set of operations, data types,
Type checking models, Semantic models of User defined
types, Parametric polymorphism, Subtype polymorphism, Type
checking algorithms.
2
6
6. Intermediate Code Generation Intermediate and object code, intermediate representations,
implementation of code generators
3
9
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60
Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 209
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study is crucial for this course. It includes:
Carefully reading the topics in the textbook and reference book,
Browsing the related websites,
Solving the chapter exercises,
Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
Watching the related video lectures
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work
hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Understand the structure of compilers Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Understand the basic techniques and data structures used in
compiler construction such as lexical analysis,
top-down, bottom-up parsing, context-sensitive analysis, and
intermediate code generation
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.2 Design and implement a compiler using a software
engineering approach
Case Studies,
Home works,
Group
Discussions
Homework,
Project,Class
Activities
2.3 Identify problems, and explain, analyze, and evaluate various
design strategies of compilers.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.2
Present a short report in a written form and orally using
appropriate scientific language.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 210
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve problems,
and use computers.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills to gather
information about a selected topic.
5.0 Psychomotor
N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After Every
chapter
10%
5
Practical exam 15 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
2. The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 211
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
R Sethi , J D Ullman & Addison-Wesley : Compilers: Principals, Techniques, and
Tools, 3rd , 2007, Addison-Wesley.
2. List Essential References Materials :
Modern Compiler Implementation in Java, Cambridge University Press, 2003
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
None
4. List Electronic Materials :
https://www.coursera.org/.
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentations that are available with the instructor.
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Class Rooms
Computer Labs
Library
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources None
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 212
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of
the course.
Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.
Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of
direct observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Instructors of the course working together with Head of Department to adopt a
unique process of the evaluation.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules
Commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept
up with developments in the field.
Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve
and develop the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is
taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Naveed Ejaz Name : Assoc. Prof. Yosry
Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 213
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 8
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Name Course Code
CSI 321 3 0 2 2 Distributed Systems & Parallel Processing CSI 421
CSI 325 3 0 2 2 Software Engineering 2 CSI 422
CSI 321 3 0 1 3 Cryptography and Information Security CSI423
Math 310 3 0 2 2 Computer Graphics CSI 425
*** 3 * * * Elective Course 2 ***
-- 2 0 0 2 Elective Islamic Course 3 ISL ***
17 Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 214
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Distributed Systems & Parallel
Processing
CSI 421
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 215
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Distributed System &
Parallel Processing Course Code: (CSI-421)
2. Credit hours : (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information Program
4 – Course Language : ENGLISH
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: ISSA ALSMADI
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th
Level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Design & Analysis of Algorithms CSI 321
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus:
College of Science at Az Zulf
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 5 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 5 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors
worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a
different presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The objective of this course is to introduce students to the fundamentals and techniques of
distributed computing and provide them with the basic skills of how to write distributed programs.
Topics to be covered include: distributed computing, distributed programming, distributed systems,
concurrency, distributed computing paradigms, inter-process communications, group
communications, operating system support, distributed objects, application programming interfaces
(RMI, RPC), client server model, the socket API, security issues and Internet applications.
In this course also, student will study an introduction to parallel processing. Models of parallel
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 216
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
machines. Parallel programming paradigms and models. Performance analysis of parallel systems.
Parallel programming languages and frameworks. Students are expected to develop distributed
applications using latest technologies.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented: 1. Using group discussion.
2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction The concept of parallel computers and programming,
Extension of a single processor system into a shared memory
multiprocessor, The message-passing multiprocessor (multicomputer),
Static interconnection networks suitable for message-passing
multicomputer.
2 8
2. Message Passing Computing -MPI and PVM: Process creation and
basic message-passing techniques , Software tools for harnessing a
network of workstations, Modeling communication ,
Communication latency and latency hiding,Time complexity of parallel
algorithms.
3 12
3. Performance Measures - Analysis of Parallel Programs:
1 4
4. Embarrassingly Parallel Computations-Simple Data Partitioning:
an (ideal) embarrassingly parallel computation 'Embarrassingly
parallel problems and analyses , Partitioning a two-dimensional data
set, Work pool approach to achieve load balancing , Counter
termination algorithm.
2 8
5. Divide-and-Conquer - Pipelined Computations Partitioning and
divide-and-conquer concepts as the basis for parallel computing
techniques. Tree constructions. 1 4
6. Scheduling and Load Balancing - Synchronous Computations :The
concept of a barrier and its implementations (global barriers and local
barriers), Data parallel computations, The concept of synchronous
iteration, Examples of using global and local barriers.
2 8
7. Shared Memory Programming - Sorting Algorithms : Rank sort ,
Bubble sort, Odd-even transposition sort, Shear sort, Merge
sort, Quicksort, including on a hypercube, Odd-even merge sort, Bitonic
merge sort.
2 8
8. Numerical Algorithms - Image Processing : Different parallel 2 8
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 217
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
implementations of matrix multiplication (direct, recursive, mesh),
Solving a system of linear equations using Gaussian elimination, Basic
low level preprocessing operations (thresholding, contrast stretching,
histograms, smoothing, sharpening, noise reduction.
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 30 - - - 60
Credit 30 15 - - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hours
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Understand the fundamental aspects of parallel
and distributed processing
Lectures.
Lab
demonstrations.
Case studies.
Individual
presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Be familiar with taxonomies of parallel systems
1.3 Be familiar with performance measures for
parallel systems
1.4 Understand the theoretical limitations of parallel
computing such as intractability
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 To explain the beneficial and challenging aspects Lectures. Written
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 218
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
of parallelism Lab
demonstrations.
Case studies.
Individual
presentations.
Brainstorming.
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Write efficient parallel application programs
2.3
Apply the common sort algorithms techniques
on data structures types using the mpi.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Learn how to search for information through
library and internet.
3.3
Present a short report in a written form and orally
using appropriate scientific language.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers.
Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills
to gather information about a selected topic.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in
groups, and communicate with each other and
with me electronically, and periodically visit the
sites I recommended.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 219
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2 Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3 Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4 Homework assignments After Every
chapter 10%
5 Practical exam 15 10%
6 Final written exam 16 40%
7 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun: 8-10, Mon. 8-10, Tus. 1-3.
Office call: Mon. 12-1 and Tus 12-1
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1.List Required Textbooks :
Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design (5th Edition) Hardcover – May
7, 2011
by George Coulouris , Jean Dollimore ,Tim indberg , Gordon Blair .
ISBN-13: 978-0132143011
2. List Essential References Materials :
Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms (2nd Edition) by Andrew S.
Tanenbaum and Maarten Van Steen (Oct 12, 2006).
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
N/A
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 220
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. List Electronic Materials :
Determines as the course is going on.
5. Other learning material :
Videos and presentations are available with the instructor.
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Labs available at College of science in Zulfi
2. Computing resources
Smart Board.
3.Otherresources N/A.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of
the course.
Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.
Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of
direct observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 221
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students
by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per
semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules
Commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept
up with developments in the field.
Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve
and develop the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is
taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No(6 ) Date 23./ 3 / 1436H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Mr. ISSA ALSMADI Name : Dr YosryAzzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 23./ 3 / 1436H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 222
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Software Engineering (2)
CSI 422
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 223
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Software Engineering 2 Course Code: CSI 422
2. Credit hours : ( 3 ) (2 Lecture + 2 Lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: .............................
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 325
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus :( College of Science at Az Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors
worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a
different presentation.
B. Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
This course introduces students a complex view of object-oriented software
development process, aiming in the ability to solve real problems in the given domain.
In this course, the student will learn and apply a unified methodology to the analysis,
design, implementation, testing and demonstration of a software system of a
significant size and complexity. Topics include: Object-oriented software processes,
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 224
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
requirements engineering, system models, Unified Modeling Language (UML)
concepts (class diagram, object diagram, use case diagram, collaboration diagram,
sequence diagram, component diagram, and deployment diagram), rapid application
development and CASE tools for object-oriented systems, object-oriented system
testing, operation, maintenance and management.
Here are several course goals:
To help students to be aware of key aspects of current software engineering
approaches.
Develop skills that will enable them to construct object oriented software of high
quality and to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.
Create models of software data and processes using object oriented modeling
approaches.
Use a common method (UML diagrams) to specify the requirements and design
of a moderately sized software product.
Discuss key principles and common methods for software project management
such as scheduling, size estimation, cost estimation and risk analysis.
Build solutions using different technologies, architectures and life-cycle
approaches in the context of different organizational structures.
Successfully assume a variety of roles in teams of diverse membership.
Demonstrate professionalism including continued learning and professional
activities.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
40. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the methods and practices
that are presented in the course.
41. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so
these examinations can be used as a method of learning..
42. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
43. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
44. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in
the course.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 225
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
25. Introduction to Object-Oriented Software Engineering:
Object-Oriented Software Engineering principles - Professional
software development - Software engineering ethics - Case
studies.
1 4
26. Object-oriented Software Processes:
Agile process models, process activities, the Rational Unified
Process (RUP), Computer-Aided Software Engineering, and
object-oriented task management using suitable CASE tools.
2 8
27. System Models & Requirements Using UML:
Context models, behavioral models, data models, object models,
CASE workbenches, UML modeling, and using UML diagrams
to specify the requirements of a moderately sized software
product.
2 8
28. Object Oriented Concepts:
Unified Modeling Language (UML): Class diagram, object
diagram, use case diagram, collaboration diagram, sequence
diagram, component diagram, and deployment diagram, and
writing a software requirements specification document for
object-oriented systems using appropriate CASE tools (e. g.
power designer).
3 12
29. Rapid application development:
Rapid application development and CASE tools for object-
oriented systems, writing SDS (Software Design Specification)
document for Object -oriented systems using CASE tools (e. g.
power designer).
3 12
30. System Testing and Maintenance:
Object-oriented systems testing, operation and maintenance,
using CASE tools in the auto-generation of object-oriented code,
and object oriented development using reuse approaches.
2 8
31. Project Management: 2 8
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 226
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Software project management, project scheduling, project
staffing, software configuration management, quality assurance,
and project monitoring.
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ 30 ............ ............ 60
Credit 30 ............ 15 ............ ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
implementing methods and practices using suitable CASE tools,
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
searching the websites that concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 * 15 = 135 work
hours.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 227
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Acquire knowledge of computing and mathematics
appropriate to software engineering including simulation
and modeling, and Understand of best practices and
standards and their application related to software
engineering.
Lectures
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Identify and analyze user needs and take them into account
in the selection, creation, evaluation and administration of
computer-based systems.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Apply software engineering principles and practices to the
planning and development of actual software projects, and
expert proficiency in the UML2 superstructure to design
software architectures.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for
software engineering practice.
Small group
discussion
Lab
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 228
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.1 Function effectively on teams to accomplish a common
goal, and Communicate effectively with a range of
audiences.
Small group
discussion
Lab
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written
Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor N/A..........................
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2 Second written mid-term exam 12
15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group
discussion Every week 5%
4
Homework assignments After Every
chapter 5%
5
Final written exam 16 40%
6
Final Lab Exam 15 20%
Total 100%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 229
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual
student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching
staff are expected to be available each week)
Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th Ed, Addison-Wesley, 2011.
2. List Essential References Materials :
Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A practitioner’s Approach, 6th ed,
McGraw-Hill Science, 2009.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.
ANNALS OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.
SOFTWARE ENGINEERING JOURNAL.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp
https://www.coursera.org/
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentations that available with the instructor.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 230
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Classrooms,
Library, and
Laboratories, as those that are available at the college of science at AzZulfi
2. Computing resources Smart Board
3. Other resources
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is
electronically organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Instructors of the course are checking together and put a unique process of the
evaluation.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 231
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head
Name : Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature :
Date : 23 / 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 232
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Cryptography and Information
Security
CSI 423
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 233
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Cryptography and
Information Security Course Code: CSI-423
2. Credit hours : 3 (3 lecture + 1 lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Hassan Aly
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th level/ 5
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Design and Analysis of Algorithms (CSI 321)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at AzZulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other What percentage? …….%
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside lab discussions on the implementation of the security
protocols presented in the course.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The aim of this course is to facilitate understanding of the inherent strengths and limitations of
cryptography, especially when used as a tool for information security. Armed with this knowledge,
student should be able to make more informed decisions when building secure systems.
The course covers various aspects of symmetric and asymmetric cryptography. While some topics
will be dealt with in more detail, the course will attempt to provide a broad coverage of possibly all
the core areas of cryptography. The students will be expected to implement and analyze some simple
cryptographic schemes and read various articles. To understand the principles of encryption
algorithms; conventional and public key cryptography. To have a detailed knowledge about
authentication, hash functions and application level security mechanisms. The main course
objectives can be outlined in the following points: 1. Develop an understanding of information assurance as practiced in computer systems and network
applications.
2. Gain familiarity with prevalent network and distributed system attacks and defenses against them.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 234
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Develop an understanding of cryptography, how it has evolved, and some key encryption techniques
used today.
4. Develop an understanding of security polices (such as authentication, integrity, and confidentiality),
as well as protocols to implement such policies in the form of message exchanges.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 45. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
46. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
47. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the algorithms that are presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
4. Overview: computer security concepts, the OSI security Architecture, Security attacks, Security mechanisms, Model of network security.
1 4
5. Classical Encryption Techniques: Symmetric cipher model, substitution techniques, Transposition techniques, Rotor machines.
2 8
6. Block ciphers and DES: Block cipher principles, DES, the strength of DES, Differential and linear cryptanalysis, Block cipher design principles.
2 8
7. Review of Mathematical concepts: Divisibility, Division algorithm, the Euclidean algorithm, Modular arithmetic, Groups, rings, fields. Finite Fields.
1 4
8. Advanced Encryption Standard: Finite Field Arithmetic, AES structures, AES transformation, AES key expansion.
2 8
9. Block cipher operation: Multiple and triple DES, ECB, CBC, CFB, OFB, Counter, and XTS mode of encryptions.
1 4
10. Review of Number theory concepts: prime numbers, Fermat's and Euler's theorem, testing primality, Chinese remainder theorem, Discrete logarithms.
1 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 235
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
11. Public key Cryptography and RSA: principles of public key cryptosystems, The RSA algorithm.
1 4
12. Other public key cryptosystem: DH scheme, ElGamal cryptosystem. 1 4
13. Cryptographic Hash functions: Applications of Cryptographic hash functions, simple hash functions, SHA-3, Digital signatures. Applications in authentication.
3 12
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 45 - 15 - - 60
Credit 45 - - - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hours
The private self-study of the attending student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
implementing security algorithms using C++ ,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
solving the exercises that are assigned in each chapter,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work
hours.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 236
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Assess the implications of cryptography in terms of privacy,
security, and ethical issues.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Evaluate and compare encryption standards and techniques.
1.3 define the basic terminology , notation, and concepts of
computer security.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Compile, integrate and appraise various methods of encryption
information.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
Observations
2.2 Measure and determine appropriate encryption standards and
techniques to suite specific business and technological needs.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Analyze strengths and weaknesses in different systems. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Design security protocols and methods to solve specified
security problem.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 work cooperatively in a small group environment. Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Observations
Homework
assignments
Lab assignments
Class Activities
4.2 keep your computer safe from different threats.
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ..................................................................... .................. ..................
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 237
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments After each
chapter 10%
5
Implementation of presented protocols Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 10-12
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1
Email: [email protected]
Mobile: 0538231332
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
W. Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice,
Prentice Hall, Six Edition. 2013.
2. List Essential References Materials :
C. Kaufman, Radia Perlman, Mike Speciner, Network Security, Private
Communication in a PublicWorld, Prentice Hall, 2002
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 238
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Journal of cryptology.
4. List Electronic Materials :
www.iacr.org
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentation are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classroom and Labs as that available at college of science at AzZulfi are
enough.
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources
N/A
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is
electronically organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 239
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students
by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per
semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Hassan Aly Name : Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 240
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Computer Graphics
CSI 425
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 241
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Computer Graphics Course Code: (CSI-425)
2. Credit hours : 3 (2 lecture + 2 Laboratory)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information Program
4 – Course Language : ENGLISH
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: ISSA ALSMADI
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8thlevel
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Linear Algebra & Differential Equations (MATH 310)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus: College of Science at AzZulf
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 5%
D - e-learning What percentage? 5 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course is presented mainly inside video lectures of other instructors
worldwide. They illustrate the same topics that I introduced in my lectures with a
different presentation.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The main objective of this module is to introduce students to the main concepts of
computer graphics. It starts with an overview of interactive computer graphics, two
dimensional system and mapping, then it presents the most important drawing
algorithm, two-dimensional transformation; Clipping, filling and an introduction to 3-
D graphics.
The purpose of this course is to:
1. Introduce the students with the concepts and principles of computer graphics.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 242
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Give a thorough description of computer graphics hardware and software
systems.
3. Understand the theory and application of Transformation and Viewing.
4. Understand the graphics pipeline: Modeling, Viewing and Rendering.
5. Design and implement a simple project using OpenGL.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 48. Using group discussion.
49. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. A Survey of Computer Graphics Applications: CAD/CAM, Art,
Entertainment, Education, Training, Visualization, GUI, Image
Processing. 1 4
2. Overview of Computer Graphics& Systems Graphics :Primitives
and Packages, The Graphical Pipeline, CRT, Raster-Scan and Random-Scan
displays, Color CRT Monitors, Flat-Panel Displays, Video Controller, Display
Processor, CLUT … etc.
2 8
3. Colors and Grayscales: Beam-Penetration method
Shadow-mask method. 2 8
4. Output Primitives and Attributes:
Points, Lines, Circles, Ellipses. Examples - Open GL. 2 8
5. 2D and 3D Modeling
Types of Modeling, Types of Geometric Models 1 4
6. 2D Transformations and Viewing:
Translation, Scaling, Rotation, Shearing ,reflection, Examples - Open
GL. 2 8
7. 3D Transformation and Viewing:
3D Representation, Translation, Scaling, Rotation, Examples - Open
GL
1 4
8. 2D Viewing and 3D Viewing: Windows and Viewports, Window-To-
Viewport Coordinate Transformation, Point clipping, line clipping,
Cohen-Sutherland Line Clipping, 3d Rendering Pipeline ,Examples -
Open GL.
2 8
9. projection :Parallel and Perspective Projection,Orthographic Parallel
Projection, Oblique Parallel Projection,Oblique Projection,Cavalier
Projections,Cabinet Projections, Examples - Open GL. 2 8
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 243
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 30 - - - 60
Credit 30 15 - - - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hours
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 60 + 5 x 15 = 135 work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Students will have an appreciation of the history
and evolution of computer graphics, both
hardware and software.
Lectures.
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies.
Individual
presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignment
s
Lab
assignment
s
Class
Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Students will have an understanding of 2D
graphics and algorithms including: line drawing,
polygon filling, clipping, and transformations.
They will be able to implement these concepts.
1.3 Students will understand the concepts and
techniques used in 3D computer graphics,
including viewing transformations, hierarchical
modeling, color, lighting and texture mapping.
1.4 Students will have an appreciation of the history
and evolution of computer graphics, both
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 244
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
hardware and software.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Use matrix algebra in computer graphics
application.
Lectures.
Lab
demonstrations
.
Case studies.
Individual
presentations.
Brainstorming.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignment
s
Lab
assignment
s
Class
Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Draw the basic primitives (e.g., point, line,
polygons) using OpenGL.
2.3 Apply the 2D transformations and 3D
transformations
2.4 Explain how simple line and polygon clipping
algorithms work.
2.5 Produce simple animation using OpenGL.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignment
s
Lab
assignment
s
Class
Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Learn how to search for information through
library and internet.
3.3
Present a short report in a written form and orally
using appropriate scientific language.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers.
Small group
discussions.
Whole group
discussions.
Brainstorming.
Presentations.
Written
Exam
Homework
assignment
s
Lab
assignment
s
4.2 Use Information technology and computer skills
to gather information about a selected topic.
4.3 Operate questions during the lecture, work in
groups, and communicate with each other and
with me electronically, and periodically visit the
sites I recommended.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 245
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
Class
Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1 First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2 Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3 Presentation, class activities, and group discussion Every week 10%
4 Homework assignments After Every
chapter 10%
5 Practical exam 15 10%
6 Final written exam 16 40%
7 Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun: 8-10, Mon. 8-10, Tus. 1-3.
Office call: Mon. 12-1 and Tus 12-1
Email: [email protected]
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 246
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E. Learning Resources
1.List Required Textbooks :
Computer Graphics with Open GL (4th Edition) Hardcover – November 19, 2010
by Donald D. Hearn , M. Pauline Baker , Warren Carithers . ISBN-13: 978-
0136053583
2. List Essential References Materials :
OpenGL Programming Guide: The Official Guide to Learning OpenGL, Versions
3.0 and 3.1 (7th Edition)2013
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
N/A
4. List Electronic Materials :
Determines as the course is going on.
5. Other learning material :
Videos and presentations are available with the instructor.
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Labs available at College of science in Zulfi.
2. Computing resources
Smart Board.
3.Otherresources N/A
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Analysis of students’ results.
Observation during work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
Interview a sample of students enrolled in the course to take their opinions.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 247
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Self-assessment.
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of
the course.
Guidelines about course teaching provided by the by study plans commission.
Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of
direct observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Reviewing the final exam questions and a sample of the answers of the students
by others.
Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per
semester.
Watching the videos of other courses by international institutions.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Comparison of the course to its counterparts offered in similar departments.
Periodic revision of course description by faculty member.
Periodic revision of course description by the study plans and schedules
Commission.
Update learning resources related to the course to ensure that the course is kept
up with developments in the field.
Make use of statistical results of course evaluation made by students to improve
and develop the course.
Giving the opportunity for students to express their opinions about what is
taught and receive suggestions and study their effectiveness.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23./ 12 / 1435H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : ISSA ALSMADI Name : Dr. YossryAzzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 23./ 12 / 1435H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 248
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 9
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course name Course Code
120 Cr. Hrs 2 0 0 2 Graduation Project 1 CSI 510
CSI 322 3 0 2 2 Web Programming & Internet
Technology
CSI 511
CSI 314 3 0 2 2 Data Mining CSI 512
CSI 222 3 0 2 2 Concepts of Prg. Lang. CSI 513
*** 3 * * * Elective Course 3 ***
*** 2 0 0 2 Elective Prerequisite Univ. ***
17 Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 249
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Graduation Project 1
CSI 510
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 250
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Graduation Project(1) Course Code: (CSI 510)
2. Credit hours : 2 )(2 lecture)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yousef Qawqzeh
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 9th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : 120 Credit Hours
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : College of Science at Az Zulfi
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 50 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 20%
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 20 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
One-tenth of the course instruction is dedicated to students’ self-learning where they are asked to read papers,
books and articles related to the chosen topic.
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? This course is the first of a two-course sequence in which the students will develop a
complete software system. The second stage will be carried out in project(2). Students
will work in groups of up to four students, each group will have a supervisor to guide
them through the system development process using a specific methodology.
In this first part, each group must identify a problem domain, define the problem,
identify and specify the requirements, document the current system, analyze it,
propose alternative systems, and design a solution. The design must include the
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 251
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
definitions of all the required system models, such as the data model and the
functional model. At the end of the course, each group must submit a formal report
documenting the complete process.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 50. Using group discussion
51. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
52. Track and motivate students to submit complete project report .
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Discussion with students the method of selecting the graduation project 2 4
Determine the subject of the project Assign references to students to read
about the project
2 4
Discussion with students the ways to build the project and set a timetable for
project.
2 4
Theoretical explanation for the building and writing of the project and the
preparation of the report
2 4
Open discussion with students about what has been accomplished over the
previous period
2 4
Implementation of the project (and processing requirements) 2 4
Showing initial outputs of the project 1 2
Final presentation of the project 1 2
Presentation to the projects committee for arbitration 1 2
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - - - 30
Credit 30 - - - 30
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 252
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hours
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
browsing the websites that concerned with the course,
discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
watching the video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 30 + 5 * 15 = 105work hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Knowledge of basic science to understand the
principles of scientific analysis
Provide theoretical
lectures on the concept of
graduation project
How to write a
graduation project
proposal.
Course References
Degree for
writing the
graduation
project
proposal
The
attendance of
introductory
lectures for
the project
The initial
report of the
project
Presentation
of graduation
project
1.2 Learn the skilled needed by a System Analyst to be
affective, professional and a successful individual
1.3 Ability to plan the research project and start its
implementation.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 The use of scientific, engineering, and
knowledgeable skills in the writing the proposed
graduation project
Practical applications.
Group discussions.
Lectures and definition of
the graduation project.
Student
attendance
for course
introductory 2.2 Design and planning of the graduation project
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 253
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
Provide periodic reports
of what has been achieved
during the project.
Take advantage of office
hours to the supervisor of
the project
Visit a number of
institutions and
companies related to the
field of graduation
project.
lectures--
Provide
periodic
reports on
what has
been
achieved
during those
periods.
- Submission
of the final
report for the
graduation
project
proposal
- Evaluation
of the offer at
the end of the
semester
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Ability to work within a team.
Develop the ability of analysis.
Positive thinking.
Lectures.
Group discussions.
Submission of
proposals through
brainstorming to reach
the definition of the
proposed subject for
graduation project.
The ability to write a
graduation project
proposal and write the
details for the next
phases of the project.
Observation.
Self-reactive
assessment.
The presence of
the student to
introductory
lectures and
meetings with
team members
and provide a
graduation
project proposal
and good
performance in
the performing
of required
tasks and
presentation the
project
3.2 Effective student participation during introductory
lectures and academic commitment to attend the
periodic meetings with the supervisor of the
graduation project.
contact with fellow participants in the graduation
project team.
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 The ability to review scientific literatures Group discussions. Communicatio
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 254
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.2 The ability to use technical tools to represent the
design and implementation of project's phases. Presentations.
Make as a proposal for
graduation projects.
Visit the institutions and
companies related to the
project Graduation.
n skills
through the
presentation
using
computers and
through
advanced
projects.
Student
performance
in presence in
introductory
lectures.
Provide a
graduation
project
proposal and
periodic
reports on the
progress of the
graduation
project.
4.3 The ability to write reports
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Discussion of project's title and ideas 2 5%
2
Discussion of literature review 4 10%
3
Discussion the proposed methodology 6 10%
4
Evaluating the prototype of the proposed system analysis and
design 10 10%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 255
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5
Presentations and progress reports
After each
phase 10%
6
Project submission 13 15%
7
Project examination
14 40%
8 Total -- 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support Office hours: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Office call: Sun – Wed: 12 PM - 2:00 PM
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Modern System Analysis and Design, Jeffrey Hoffer, Joey George, and Joseph Valacich,
Prentice Hall.2008 2. List Essential References Materials : Systems Analysis and Design, Shelly and Rosenblatt, Delmar Learning, 2013
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : N/A
4. List Electronic Materials : Determines as the course is going on.
5. Other learning material : Videos and presentations are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Classrooms and Labs as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi
2. Computing resources
Smart Board 3. Other resources
N/A
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 256
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching: - Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the
university.
- Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : - Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
- Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : - Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
- Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
- Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement - Reviewing the final draft of documentation by others.
- Visiting the other institutions that introduce the same course one time per semester.
- Watching the videos of other project presentations by international institutions. 5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Extent to which students benefit from the course especially in the practice
(1) to take advantage of the recommendations of the faculty members and the Committee on
Learning and Teaching in the department and the Committee on the college study plans
(2) set a standard assay with similar courses in distinct universities in the world
(3) updated references and sources on a regular basis in accordance with the recent developments in
the specialization.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (6 ) Date …/…./…..H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yousef Qawqzeh Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam
Signature : Yousef Qawqzeh Signature :
.
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : 22./ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 257
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Web Programming & Internet
Technology
CSI 511
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 258
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Web Programming &
Internet Technology Course Code: CSI-511
2. Credit hours : (3)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yaser Abdalla
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 5th
level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Computer Networks (CSI 322)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : N/A
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E – Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
At the completion of this course, students should be able to do the following:
The course presents a number of powerful software technologies that will enable students to build
systems that can integrate Internet and web components, and remote databases.
It presents the “client-side” and “server-side” of web programming. For the client side, a carefully
paced introduction to using the popular JavaScript language and the closely related technologies of
XHTML (Extensible Hyper Text Markup Language), CSS (Cascading Style Sheets). Novices will
find that the material in the JavaScript chapters presents a solid foundation for the deeper treatment
of scripting.
The students shall use technologies such as web servers, databases (integrated collections of data),
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 259
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
PHP, ASP.NET, to build the server side of web-based applications. These portions of applications
typically run on “heavy-duty” computer systems on which organizations’ business-critical websites
reside.
By mastering the technologies in these courses, students will be able to build substantial web-based,
client/server, database-intensive, “multitier” applications.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented :
53. Using group discussion through the internet with course attending students.
54. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
55. Increasing the ability of the students to implement a complete WEB based systems that are
presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Internet Fundamentals: addressing, routing, and servers 1 4
2. Introduction to web development 1 4
3. What is Internet Programming? 1 4
4. Introduction to HTML 3 12
5. Working with Cascade Style Sheets - CSS 2 8
6. Introduction to XML 1 4
7. Introduction to Scripting language 1 4
8. Working with Client side Script language - JavaScript 2 8
9. Working with Server side script language – PHP and ASP 3 12
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - - 30 - 60
Credit 30 - - 15 - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 260
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Use internet services and their applications Lectures, Lab demonstrations, Case studies, and Individual presentations.
Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.
1.2 Develop websites, the database queries, and the use
of MySQL language.
1.3 Program with web programming and its
applications.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Adhere professional, ethical, legal, security, and social issues and their responsibilities that is related to the design of web browsing.
Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation
Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.
2.2 Understand the web browsing and how it can be used to access the web page.
2.3 Use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for web programming practice.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with
students
Making students
aware about time
management in
completing their
assignments.
Counsel students
how to make a
good presentation
in web
technology.
Encourage
students to help
each other.
Respecting
deadlines.
Showing active
class participation.
Helping other
students to
understand tasks
in the class.
Giving clear and
logical arguments
Performing
seriously on
midterms and
final exams
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and
internet.
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using
appropriate scientific language
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers. Exercises
Problem solving
oral quizzes
Essay questions
Encourage students to
Implement a real
world web information
Write reports
Exercises related
to specific topics
4.2 Illustrate and use the web technologies effectively.
4.3 Discus questions during the lecture, work in groups,
communicate with each other and with me electronically,
and periodically visit the sites I recommended.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 261
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods system.
5.0 Psychomotor: N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussions Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 10%
5
Implementation of web based systems
Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon: 10-12, Wed: 10-12
Office call: Sun: 12-1 and Wed: 12-1
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Jennifer Niederst Robbins, Learning Web Design, Fourth Edition, August 2012,
ISBN: 978-1-449-31927-4.
2. List Essential References Materials :
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 262
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Steve Schafer , Web Standards Programmer's Reference: HTML, CSS, JavaScript, Perl,
Python, and PHP, Wrox, 2005,
Bryan Pfaffenberger, HTML, XHTML, and CSS Bible (Bible) 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2004.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Craig Grannell, Web Designer's Reference, January 3, 2005, ISBN13: 978-1-59059-430-8
4. List Electronic Materials : Video and presentation are available in course page
www.w3schools.com/
http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/ysalem/
5. Other learning material :
N/A
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Labs, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.
2. Computing resources Education console Smart Board
3. Other resources
None.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course. 3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 263
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement It is planned to:‐ Check marking of a sample of student work by an independent faculty member.
Exchange periodically, and remark a sample of assignments with a faculty member
in one of distinguished institutes .
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Assessment and evaluation of the level of achieving the course outcomes through a
continuous improvement process (part of a quality assurance system established by the university)
Consequently, actions are to be taken to improve the course delivery when necessary.
Review of the course objectives, outcomes and curriculum at about 2 years span
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/12/1435 H Date : 22/12/1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 264
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Data Mining
CSI 512
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 265
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
23. 1 - Course title : Data Mining Course Code: CSI 512
2. Credit hours : ( 3 hrs ) (2 Lect., 2 Lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered:
(B.Sc.) Computer Science &Information
4 – Course Language : English
24. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Wael Khedr
25. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : Level 9
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Database CSI 314
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : .............................................................
9 - Location if not on main campus : ) ............................................................. (
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) What percentage? …….%
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 20 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other What percentage? …..%
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? The main purpose of this course is to develop the ability to analyze, classify and
construct information, knowledge, facts, and rules from raw data.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
Students should prepare small projects in the area of data Mining that
encourage them to develop their skills in application of data Mining.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 266
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours What's data mining all about? Examples, field applications, generalization, and ethics on using data mining discipline.
2 8
Input: Concepts, instances, and attributes; data preparation 2 8 Output: Knowledge representation; decision tables and trees, classification rules, association rules, rules with exceptions, rules involving relations, trees for numeric prediction, instance based representation, and clusters.
2 8
Algorithms - The basic methods: inferring rules, statistical modeling, constructing decision trees, constructing rules, mining association rules, linear models, instance based learning, and clustering
3 12
Weka Machine learning workbench: an introduction and the explorer 2 8 Transformations: Engineering the input and
output: attribute selection, discretization, and classification. 2 8
Running experiments with Weka software or Matlab. 2 8
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 45 - - 15 - 60
Credit 30 - - 15 - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5 Hrs.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 267
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recall concepts, instances, and attributes; data
preparation.
Develop basic
communication
skills
Develop the
ability of students
through short
discourse.
Lecturing
Team work in
projects
Exercises
Homework.
Group Discussion
Presentation
Mid-term exam
Final test
1.2 Describe knowledge representation; decision
tables and trees.
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 An ability to extract rules involving relations, trees
for numeric prediction, instance based
classification.
Problem solving
in class
Class discussion
presentation
Individual
meeting with the
instructor
(encourage
students to discuss
different topics
outside the
classroom)
Class
participation
Presentation
Essay Question
Research
2.2
An ability to implement and use rules for numeric
prediction, instance based representation and
cluster data.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with
students
Making students
aware of time
management in
completing their
assignments.
Counsel students
on how to make a
good presentation
Respect deadlines.
Showing active
class participation.
Help other students
to understand tasks
in the class.
Give clear and
logical arguments
Study seriously for
midterms and final
3.2
Learn how to search for information in the library
and over the internet.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 268
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course Assessment
Methods
in data mining.
Encourage
students to help
each other.
exams
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
clusters problems, and data classification. Exercises
Problem solving
oral quizzes
Essay questions
Encourage
students to use
dataset application
provided by
Weka/Matlab
software.
Write reports
Exercises related to
specific topics
4.2 Illustrate ability to deal confidently with
experiments in Weka or Matlab software.
5.0 Psychomotor
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First exam* 6 15 %
2
Second exam* 12 15 %
3
Lab. Exam 15 15 %
4
Presentation One/ semester
15 % 5
Homework Every week
6
quizzes End topics
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 269
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
7
Discussions Every week
8 Team group Three time/ semester
9 Tutorials Every sub topic
10 Computer tools used Every report and presentation
11 Project -
12 Peer project -
13 Final exam * End of the semester 40%
Total 100 %
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support 1. Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student consultations and
academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are expected to be available each week)
2. At least 6 well-declared office hours per week are available for all the students.
3. Supervision and reviewing of activities are conducted directly.
4. E-mail is permanently available.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
1. Tan, P., Steinbach, M., and Kumar, V., Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Education, Inc., 2006. 2. Han, J., Kamber, M., Pei, J., Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Third Edition, 2011
2. List Essential References Materials :
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
.............................................................
.............................................................
............................................................
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://www-users.cs.umn.edu/~kumar/dmbook/index.php
http://web.engr.illinois.edu/~hanj/bk3/
5. Other learning material :
Non.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 270
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation Lecture rooms are well equipped with:
Air conditioned with at least 20 adequate seats.
Interactive/smart board.
Up-to-date projector.
An Auditorium is well equipped with:
Air conditioned with at least 100 adequate seats.
Interactive/smart board.
Up-to-date projector.
2. Computing resources Personal computer with necessary up-to-date software.
DBS Smart Systems.
Interactive board.
Laptop.
3. Other resources Colored printer (needed).
Central laser-printer and scanner.
Wall boards (are essentially needed).
Internet inside the classroom (missed).
Library: Up to date scientific books in the library.
Wi-Fi and internet connections are available inside the teaching staff rooms and the seminar room.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and acquired electronically by the University.
Students-faculty management meetings. 2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : A department committee is established to be responsible for the development of the strategies for teaching
through:
Discussions amongst the staff members teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
External review of the course.
Discussion with the industrial partners to enhance the courses in order to meet their needs.
Use web resources and e-learning to improve the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching : Providing the computer labs with up-to-date computers and software.
Conducting and attending workshops given by experts on teaching and learning methodologies.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 271
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Periodical departmental and external revisions of the methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members (course and program reports).
Training Courses.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Effectiveness of the course will be reflected from the results of the class, so reviewing the final exam
questions and a sample of corrected papers is essential. This could be achieved by members of the teaching
staff (or/and external reviewers) in addition to other duties such as discussing ideas and ways of teaching and
learning. The course should be developed periodically to ensure that it contains the latest developments in the
field of study. Development areas could be put as an objective in the report of the course to be achieved each
semester.
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : 1- Course Evaluation
2- Exam Evaluation
3- Improvement plan
4- Program Outlearning with course outlearning
5- Outlearning from the pre-requisite course
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Wael Khedr Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam
Signature : Wael Khedr Signature : ..........................
Date : 22/ 12/ 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 272
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Concepts of Programming
Languages
CSI 513
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 273
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
26. 1 - Course title : Concepts of Programming
Languages
Course Code: CSI 513
2. Credit hours : ( 3 ) (2 Lec. + 2 Lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer science and
information
4 – Course Language : English
27. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Noureldin Laban
28. 6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : : 9th
level – 1435/1436
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science 2 (CSI 222)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) :
9 - Location if not on main campus : ) ............................................................. (
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning √ What percentage? 10 %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …….%
F - Other What percentage? ……. %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? Concepts of Programming Languages introduces students to the main constructs of
contemporary programming languages and provides the tools needed to critically
evaluate the existing and future programming languages. Students gain a solid
foundation for understanding the fundamental concepts of programming languages
through the course presentation of design issues for various language constructs, the
examination of the design choices for these constructs in some of the most common
languages, and critical comparison of the design alternatives. In addition, the course
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 274
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
provides an in-depth discussion of programming language structures, presents a
formal method of describing syntax, and introduces approaches to lexical and
syntactic analysis.
The purpose of this course is to
1. Provide students with better understanding of significance of implementation.
2. Acquaint students with the ability to learn new languages.
3. Introduce students to various programming language concepts including
binding, scope, lifetime, parameter passing etc.
4. Enable students to be efficient in their work.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented : 1. Using group discussions through the internet with course attending students.
2. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
3. Increasing the ability of the students to implement the concepts that are
presented in the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Preliminaries: Reasons for Studying Concepts of Programming Languages, Programming Domains, Language Evaluation Criteria, Influences on Language Design, Language Categories, Language Design Trade-Offs, Implementation Methods, Programming Environments.
2 8
2. Evolution of the Major Programming Languages : Zuse’s Plankalkül, Pseudocodes, Fortran, LISP, ALGOL 60, COBOL, BASIC, Object-Oriented Programming, C++, Java, Scripting Languages, .NET Language: C#, Markup / Programming Hybrid Languages .
1 4
3. Describing Syntax and Semantics: Introduction, the General Problem of Describing Syntax, Formal Methods of Describing Syntax, Attribute Grammars, Describing the Meanings of Programs, Dynamic Semantics.
3 12
4. Names, Bindings, and Scopes: Introduction, Names, Variables, The Concept of Binding, Scope, Scope and Lifetime, Referencing Environments, Named Constants.
2 8
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 275
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Data Types: Introduction, Primitive Data Types, Character
String Types, User-Defined Ordinal Types, Array Types, Associative Arrays, Record Types.
2 8
6. Expressions and Assignment Statements: Introduction, Arithmetic Expressions, Overloaded Operators, Type Conversions, Relational and Boolean Expressions, Short-Circuit Evaluation, Assignment Statements, Mixed-Mode Assignment.
2 8
7. Statement-Level Control Structures: Introduction, Selection Statements, Iterative Statements, Unconditional Branching, Guarded Commands, Conclusions.
2 8
8. Subprograms: Introduction, Fundamentals of Subprograms, Design Issues for Subprograms, Local Referencing, Environments, Parameter-Passing Methods.
1 4
9. Expressions and Assignment Statements: Introduction, Arithmetic Expressions, Overloaded Operators, Type Conversions, Relational and Boolean Expressions, Short-Circuit Evaluation, Assignment Statements, Mixed-Mode Assignment.
1 4
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ ............ 30 ............ 60
Credit 30 ............ ............ 15 ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
Total Hours = 60+ 75 = 135 hour s
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 276
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Understand the fundamental programming
constructs including Names, Bindings, Scopes,
Data Types, Expressions and Assignment
Statements, Statement-Level Control Structures,
subprograms.
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
1.2 Name the key programming language concepts
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Improved background for choosing appropriate
languages
Lectures
Lab
demonstrations
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstorming
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
2.2 Increased ability to learn new languages
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Better understanding of significance of
implementation
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
3.2 Better use of programming languages that are
already known
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Work cooperatively in a small group. Small group
discussion
Written Exam
Homework 4.2 Save time and space in each task.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 277
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
Whole group
discussion
Brainstorming
Presentation
assignments
Lab
assignments
Class
Activities
Quizzes
5.0 Psychomotor---- N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group
discussion Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 10%
5
Implementation of presented concepts
Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual student
consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching staff are
expected to be available each week)
Office hours: Sun: 8-12, Mon. 10-12, Wed. 8-10
Office call: Sun. 12-1 and Wed 12-1
Email: [email protected]
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 278
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Robert W. Sebesta, Concepts of Programming languages, Addison-Wesley edition 10,
2013.
2. List Essential References Materials : David A. Watt, Programming Language Design Concepts, Wiley (May 31, 2004).
Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms: Introduction to Design &
Analysis, Third Edition. by, 2000.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
Journal of Computer Languages.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-
821-programming-languages-fall-2002/index.htm
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102067/
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentation are available with me
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classroom and Lab, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.
2. Computing resources
Smart Board
3. Other resources
N/A
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 279
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and electronically
organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course.
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activities by senior faculty members.
Training courses.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Evaluation matrix
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course evaluation
Exam evaluation
Improvement plan
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’sCoordinator Department Head Name : Noureldin Laban Name : Dr. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : 17/ 12 / 1435 H Date : 22/ 12 / 1435 H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 280
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Courses Description
Level 10
Prerequisite Cr Ex Lb Le Course Course Code
CSI 510 3 0 0 3 Graduation Project 2 CSI 520
CSI 511 3 0 2 2 Human Computer Interaction CSI 522
CSI 422 2 0 0 2 Professional Ethics CSI 525
*** 3 * * * Elective Course 4 ***
*** 3 * * * Free Elective Course ***
14 Total
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 281
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Graduation Project 2
CSI 520
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 282
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
1 - Course title : Graduation Project 2 Course Code: CSI 520
2. Credit hours : 3 (3 lecture + 0 lab)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 10th
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 510
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science in Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom What percentage? ........%
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E - Correspondence √ What percentage? 80 %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
Most of the time the students will be coordinating their supervisor through physical
meetings and other methods.
B. Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
In this course, each group will continue developing their software systems started in
CSI 510. The students are supposed to apply design and engineering skills in the
accomplishment of a single goal. In this context the skills mentioned may be in the
general area of design and engineering in its broadest sense, or may be very
specifically related to particular tools. At the end of the semester, each group must
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 283
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
submit a final report, which documents completely the information system from the
problem definition phase to the implementation phase and contains a user manual for
the information system. Team work, leadership, communication and writing skills are
all important ingredients for a successful project.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being
implemented :
1. Ensure regular meetings of students with the supervisor.
2. Ensure regular evaluation of students by the supervisor.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Feasibility study: To produce a feasibility study document
that evaluates the costs and benefits of the proposed computer-
based application.
2 6
2. Planning and requirement analysis and specification: To
produce an SRS document identifying the qualities required of
the application, in terms of functionality, performance, ease of
use, portability, and so on.
3 9
3. Design and Specification: To produce an SDS document to
transform the requirements specified in the SRS document into a
structure that is suitable for implementation in some
programming language.
3 9
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 284
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Coding, Module Testing, Integration and System Testing:
The output of the coding and module testing phase is an
implemented and tested collection of modules. During the
integration and system testing phase, the modules are integrated
in a planned manner. The objective of system testing is to
determine whether the software system performs per the
requirements mentioned in the SRS document.
6 18
5. Delivery and Making Corrective Maintenance: The system
is distributed to the users. Corrective maintenance means
repairing processing or performance failures or making changes
because of previously uncorrected problems.
1 3
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 3 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45
Credit 3 ............ ............ ............ ............ 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 10
The students need to implement their project in their own time.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 285
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Learn new tools and technologies and understand of best
practices and standards and their application.
Meetings with
supervisor,
Group
Discussions
Presentations
, Report
Writing,
Demonstrati
ons
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Design, implement, develop and evaluate the computer-based
system of the project to meet desired needs.
Meetings with
supervisor,
Group
Discussions
Presentations
, Report
Writing,
Demonstrati
ons 2.2 Use and apply current technical concepts and practices in the
core information technologies of human computer
interaction, information management, programming,
networking, web systems and technologies.
2.3 Integrate IT-based solutions into the user environment
effectively.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Use current techniques, skills, and tools necessary for
computing practice.
Meetings with
supervisor,
Group
Discussions
Presentations
, Report
Writing,
Demonstrati
ons
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal
and communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
Meetings with
supervisor,
Group
Discussions
Presentations
, Report
Writing,
Demonstrati
ons
5.0 Psychomotor
5.1 ................................N/A……………….. .................. ..................
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 286
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
Presentations, demonstrations, discussions and
reports showing the progress of the project
Every 2
weeks 40%
2
Final report and presentation Week 15 60%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
8. 6-office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
9. The contact with students by e-mail, mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks (in the case of our project):
Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson Education Limited, 8th Ed., 2011.
B. B. Agarwal, S. P. Tayal, M. Gupta, Software Engineering & Testing, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, LLC, 2010.
2. List Essential References Materials (in the case of our project):
https://www.moi.gov.sa/wps/portal/static/login/!ut/p/b1/04_SjzQ0NLU0sDA3tjDSj9CPykssy0x
PLMnMz0vMAfGjzOKdDAxcLZ0MHQ0MQkxdDDw9PDz9Q8wDDAwMDPWDE4v0c6Mc
FQETMC2l/
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (in the case of our project):
Pratap K. J. Mohapatra, Software Engineering: A Life Cycle Approach, New Age International
(P) Ltd., Publishers, 2010.
Phillip A. Laplante, What Every Engineer Should Know About Software Engineering, Taylor &
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 287
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Francis Group, 2007.
4. List Electronic Materials (in the case of our project):
(July 2014). Retrieved from http://developer.android.com/sdk/index.html
(Aug 2014). Retrieved from http://www.eclipse.org/org/
(April 2014). Retrieved from http://www.photoshop.com/
(February 2014). Retrieved from
5. Other learning material (in the case of our project):
None.
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Computer Labs
Library
2. Computing resources
Software and Hardware equipment (Depends on the project)
3. Other resources
None
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Periodic meetings.
Regularly asking problems of students.
Observation during work.
Students’ evaluations.
Colleagues’ evaluations.
Evaluation questionnaire filled by the students.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Self-assessment.
Evaluation by other faculty members.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 288
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
External evaluation.
Periodic review of course (the Commission of study plans).
3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Taking into account the recommendations yielded from the internal review of
the course.
Guidelines provided by study plans commission.
Department Guidelines about faculty member performance on the basis of
direct observation.
Training and development.
Workshops to improve the educational process.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement Supervisors of the project working together with Head of Department to adopt a
unique process of the evaluation.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Comparison of the outcome of the project with its counterparts
Ensuring that the project addresses new problems
Regular review of the tools and technologies used.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 23 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : Dr. Zeiad El-Saghir Name : Associate Prof. Yosry
Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature :
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 289
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Human Computer Interaction
CSI 522
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 290
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
29. 1 - Course
title:
Human-Computer Interaction (HCI)
Course code: CSI-522
2. Credit hours : (3)
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science and
Information
4 – Course Language : English
5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the course: Dr. Yaser Abdalla
6 - Level/year at which this course is offered : 8th level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : Web Programming & Internet Technology (CSI 511)
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : N/A
9 - Location if not on main campus : N/A
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? ……. %
E – Correspondence What percentage? ……. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
...........................................................................................................
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course? Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) is a rapidly expanding research and development area that has
transformed the way we use computers in the last thirty years. The course introduces fundamental
methods, principles and tools for designing, programming and testing interactive systems. It also
introduces students to the design, implementation, and evaluation of human-computer interfaces,
with emphasis on user-centered design and graphical user interfaces (GUI). The course covers topics
such as usability and affordances, user-centered design, human cognitive and physical ergonomics,
information and interactivity structures, interaction styles, interaction techniques, and user interface
software tools with a special focus on mobile user interfaces.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 291
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are being implemented :
1. Acquire the fundamentals of Human-Computer Interaction
2. Develop interactive UI evaluation skills
3. Develop a toolbox of proper design guidelines
4. Acquire GUI programming skills
5. Learn a variety of interface evaluation techniques
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
Brief history of HCI, What is Interaction Design and Usability? 2 6
UI Design Paradigms 2 6
Human Factors Perspective- The User Profile 2 6
The computer aspect of Human Computer Interaction, design principles 2 6
User interface design Scenario Based Design and Heuristic Evaluation 2 6
Process of interaction design, Design Guidelines for Menus, Fill-in forms,
and Commands 1 3
User modeling and the user profile and Adaptive interfaces, Evaluating
Usability- web usability 1 3
Evaluating usability, Predictive and interpretive evaluation 1 3
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 - - 30 - 60
Credit 30 - - 15 - 45
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 5
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 292
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 explain why it is important to design Interactive products
that are usable
Lectures, Lab demonstrations, Case studies, and Individual presentations.
Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.
1.2 Gain knowledge on the interplay between humans, tasks,
technology, and contexts.
1.3 gain knowledge on important human factors that affect
human-computer interactions
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 To be able to conduct task analysis within contexts Small group discussion Whole group discussion Brainstorming Presentation
Written Exam, Homework, assignments Lab assignments, Class Activities, and quizzes.
2.2 To be able to apply HCI principles, guidelines, methods,
and techniques for human-centered information systems
development
2.3 To be able to conduct HCI evaluations and usability
studies.
2.4 To be able to critique HCI designs of others.
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
3.1 Work in a group and learn time management. Discussion with
students
Making students
aware about time
management in
completing their
assignments.
Counsel students
how to make a
good presentation
in HCI.
Encourage
students to help
each other.
Respecting
deadlines.
Showing active
class participation.
Helping other
students to
understand tasks
in the class.
Giving clear and
logical arguments
Performing
seriously on
midterms and
final exams
3.2 Learn how to search for information through library and
internet.
3.3 Present a short report in a written form and orally using
appropriate scientific language
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Communicate with teacher, ask questions, solve
problems, and use computers. Exercises
Problem solving
oral quizzes
Write reports
Exercises related 4.2 Illustrate and use the HCI technologies effectively.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 293
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
4.3 Discus questions during the lecture, work in groups,
communicate with each other and with me electronically,
and periodically visit the sites I recommended.
Essay questions
Encourage students to
Implement a real HCI
system.
to specific topics
5.0 Psychomotor: N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students during the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group discussions Every week 10%
4
Homework assignments
After Every
chapter 10%
5
Implementation of HCI based systems
Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
7
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Office hours: Sun: 10-12, Mon: 10-12, Wed: 10-12
Office call: Sun: 12-1 and Wed: 12-1
Email: [email protected]
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Te’eni, D., Carey, J. & Zhang, P. (2007), Human-Computer Interaction: Developing
Organizational Information Systems, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. ISBN: 0471677655
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 294
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. List Essential References Materials : Rex Hartson, Pardha Pyla , Process and Guidelines for Ensuring a Quality User Experience,
The UX Book, 2011
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material : Zhang, Ping & Galletta, Dennis (2006), Human Computer Interaction and Management
Information Systems: Foundations , M. E. Sharpe Inc., ISBN-10: 0765614863 ISBN-13: 978-
0765614865
4. List Electronic Materials : Video and presentation are available in course page
http://faculty.mu.edu.sa/ysalem/
5. Other learning material :
N/A
F. Facilities Required 1. Accommodation
Classrooms and Labs, as those that are available at college of science at AzZulfi.
2. Computing resources Education console
Smart Board 3. Other resources
None.
G Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1 Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) achieved by the students and it is electronically organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2 Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor : Discussion within the staff members teaching the course
Departmental internal review of the course. 3 Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 295
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement It is planned to:‐ Check marking of a sample of student work by an independent faculty member.
Exchange periodically, and remark a sample of assignments with a faculty member
in one of distinguished institutes .
5 Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement : Assessment and evaluation of the level of achieving the course outcomes through a
continuous improvement process (part of a quality assurance system established by the university)
Consequently, actions are to be taken to improve the course delivery when necessary.
Review of the course objectives, outcomes and curriculum at about 2 years span
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No (…..)Date …/…./…..H Course’s Coordinator Department Head
Name : Dr. Yaser Abdalla Name : Dr. Yousry Azzam Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 296
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Professional Ethics
CSI 525
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 297
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
A. Course Identification and General Information
30. 1 - Course
title :
Professional Ethics Course Code: CSI 525
2. Credit hours : ( 2 Credit Hours ) ( 2 Lecture )
3 - Program(s) in which the course is offered: Computer Science & Information
4 – Course Language : English
31. 5 - Name of faculty member responsible for the
course:
.............................
32. 6 - Level/year at which this course is
offered :
10th Level
7 - Pre-requisites for this course (if any) : CSI 422
8 - Co-requisites for this course (if any) : None
9 - Location if not on main campus : ( College of Science at Az Zulfi )
10 - Mode of Instruction (mark all that apply)
A - Traditional classroom √ What percentage? 80 %
B - Blended (traditional and online) √ What percentage? 10 %
D - e-learning What percentage? …. %
E - Correspondence What percentage? …. %
F - Other √ What percentage? 10 %
Comments :
B Objectives
What is the main purpose for this course?
This course will examine the ethical issues that arise as a result of increasing use of
computers, and the responsibilities of those who work with computers, either as
computer science professionals or end users. The course will stress the ways in which
computers challenge traditional ethical and philosophical concepts, and raise old
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 298
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
issues in a new way. By the end of this course, students will be expected to read and
understand the ideas in the readings; explain the ideas; analyze issues and see them
from diverse perspectives; and formulate and critique arguments. The readings will
include technical issues in computer science and may focus on a particular area such
as software design as well as more traditional topics such as philosophical theories
(e.g. ethical relativism, utilitarianism, deontological theories, rights, and virtue ethics),
privacy, intellectual property rights and proprietary software, security, accountability,
liability, the digital divide, hacking, and viruses.
Here are several course goals:
To give a deep understanding of the social impact of computers and the ethical
issues in human activities affected by computers,
To prepare the student for living in a computerized world and perhaps working
as a professional in the computing field,
To improve presentation, debating and writing skills.
Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that are
being implemented :
1. Formative exams during the term with a feedback to the students, so
these examinations can be used as a method of learning.
2. Using group discussions through the internet with course attending students.
3. Updating the materials of the course to cover the new topics of the field.
4. Help students to develop their knowledge about the topics that are presented in
the course.
C. Course Description
1. Topics to be Covered
List of Topics No. of
Weeks
Contact
Hours
1. Introduction:
An introduction to the ethical issues that arise as a result of
increasing use of computers, and the responsibilities of those who
work with computers, either as computer science professionals or
end users - The Ethical Dilemma of computer science
professionals.
2 4
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 299
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
2. Concepts:
The ways in which computers challenge traditional ethical and
philosophical concepts - Safety and Health in the Workplace
(OSHA) - Professional Ethics - Professional Responsibility -
Computers, Individual Mortality and Social Policy.
2 4
3. Read and Understand:
Read and understand the ideas in the readings; explain the ideas;
analyze issues and see them from diverse perspectives; and
formulate and critique arguments.
2 4
4. Reading Technical Issues:
Reading technical issues in computer science that focus on
software life cycle - Reading technical issues in computer science
that focus on philosophical theories (e.g. ethical relativism,
utilitarianism, deontological theories, rights, and virtue ethics).
3 6
5. Reading Technical Issues (Cont.):
Reading technical issues in computer science that focus on
privacy, intellectual property rights and proprietary software,
security, accountability, liability, the digital divide, hacking, and
viruses.
3 6
6. Ethical Issues:
Honesty, Integrity and Reliability - Safety, Risk and Liability in
computer science - computer science professionals as Employees
- computer science professionals and Environment - Engineering
Professionalism and Ethics.
3 6
2. Course components (total contact hours and credits per semester):
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
Hours 30 ............ ............ ............ ............ 30
Credit 30 ............ ............ ............ ............ 30
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 300
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
3. Additional private study/learning hours expected for
students per week. 3
The private self-study of my student is crucial for this course. It includes:
Reading carefully the topics in the textbook or reference book,
Searching the websites that are related to the course,
Solving the exercises that are assigned,
Discussing the course topics with the instructor in his office hours,
Watching video lectures of other instructors who presented related topics
worldwide.
The total workload of the student in this course is then: 30 + 3 * 15 = 75 work
hours.
4. Course Learning Outcomes in NQF Domains of Learning and
Alignment with Assessment Methods and Teaching Strategy
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
1.0 Knowledge
1.1 Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in
continuing professional development.
Lectures
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
2.0 Cognitive Skills
2.1 Apply different ethical frameworks to analyze an
ethical problem.
Lectures
Case studies
Individual
presentations
Brainstormin
g
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
3.0 Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 301
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
NQF Learning Domains
And Course Learning Outcomes
Course
Teaching
Strategies
Course
Assessment
Methods
3.1 Adhere professional, ethical, legal, security, and
social issues and their responsibilities that are
related to the discipline.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstormin
g
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.0 Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
4.1 Function effectively in teams to accomplish a
common goal.
Small group
discussion
Whole group
discussion
Brainstormin
g
Presentation
Written Exam
Homework
assignments
Class Activities
Quizzes
4.2 Communicate effectively with a range of
audiences.
5.0 Psychomotor
N/A
5. Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester:
Assessment task Week Due
Proportion
of Total
Assessment
1
First written mid-term exam 6 15%
2
Second written mid-term exam 12 15%
3
Presentation, class activities, and group
discussion Every week 10%
4 Homework assignments After every
chapter 10%
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 302
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5
Research about presented topics
Every two
weeks 10%
6
Final written exam 16 40%
Total 100%
D. Student Academic Counseling and Support
Arrangements for availability of faculty and teaching staff for individual
student consultations and academic advice. (include amount of time teaching
staff are expected to be available each week)
1. office hours per week in the lecturer schedule.
2. The contact with students by e-mail , mobile, office telephone and website.
E. Learning Resources
1. List Required Textbooks :
Deborah Johnson, Computer Ethics, 4th ed., 2009.
2. List Essential References Materials :
Richard Spinello and Herman Tavani, Readings in CyberEthics, 2nd
ed., 2004.
3. List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material :
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ETHICS.
ETHICS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY JOURNAL.
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ETHICS OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
ASSESSMENT.
4. List Electronic Materials :
http://nptel.ac.in/courses.php?branch=Comp
https://www.coursera.org/
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 303
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
5. Other learning material :
Video and presentations that available with the instructor.
F. Facilities Required
1. Accommodation
Classrooms, and
Library, as those that are available at the college of science at Az Zulfi.
2. Computing resources
Smart Board.
3. Other resources
None.
G. Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
1. Strategies for Obtaining Student Feedback on Effectiveness of Teaching:
Questionnaires (course evaluation) filled by the students and electronically
organized by the university.
Student-faculty management meetings.
2. Other Strategies for Evaluation of Teaching by the Program/Department
Instructor :
Discussion within the staff members teaching the course.
Departmental internal review of the course.
3. Processes for Improvement of Teaching :
Periodical departmental revision of methods of teaching.
Monitoring of teaching activates by senior faculty members.
Training course.
4. Processes for Verifying Standards of Student Achievement
Instructors of the course checking together and putting a unique process of the
evaluation.
5. Describe the planning arrangements for periodically reviewing course
effectiveness and planning for improvement :
Course evaluation.
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 304
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Exam evaluation.
Improvement plan.
Course Specification Approved
Department Official Meeting No ( 6 ) Date 22 / 12 / 1435 H
Course’s Coordinator Department Head Name : ........................... Name : Associate Prof. Yosry Azzam
Signature : ........................... Signature : ..........................
Date : …./ … / …… H Date : …./ … / …… H
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 305
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Elective Courses Descriptions
Track I: Computer Graphics & Multimedia
Course
Number Course Title
Credit
s
Hours
Weekly Hours
Prerequisite Lecture
La
b
CSI 414 Digital Image Processing 3 2 2 MATH 310
CSI 424 Computer Vision 3 2 2 CSI 414
CSI 514 Interactive Computer Graphics 3 2 2 CSI 425
CSI 521 Multimedia Technology 3 2 2 CSI 425
CSI 530 Digital Photography 3 2 2 MATH 220
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 306
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Track II: Computer Networks
Course
Number Course Title
Credits
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lecture Lab
CSI 431 Advanced Computer Networks 3 2 2 CSI 322
CSI 432 Network Security 3 2 2 CSI 431
CSI 531 Wireless & Mobile Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322
CSI 532 Network Programming 3 2 2 CSI 431
CSI 533 Cloud Computing 3 2 2 CSI 322 ,
CSI 321
Form 5a_Course Specifications _SSRP_1 JULY 2013 Page 307
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
National Commission for
Academic Accreditation & Assessment
المملكــة العربيــة السعوديــة
مالهيئــــة الوطنيــــة للتقـويــ
واالعـــتــمـــاد األكــاديــمــــي
Track III: Individual Track :
Course
Number Course Title Credits
Hours
Weekly Hours Prerequisite
Lecture Lab
CSI 441 Machine Learning 3 2 2 CSI 411
CSI 442 Introduction to Robotics 3 2 2 CSI 411
CSI 443 Expert Systems 3 2 2 CSI 411
CSI 444 Computational Methods 3 2 2 Math 310
CSI 445 Operational Research
3 2 2 STAT 320, MATH
310
CSI 446 Information System Management 3 2 2 CSI 314
CSI 447 Information Security 3 2 2 CSI 423
CSI 448 Project Management 3 2 2 CSI 422
CSI 449 Geographic Information Systems
(GIS)
3 2 2 CSI 324